See in Reader
414 KiB
414 KiB
| 1 | Reference | ID | Tags | SupportReference | Quote | Occurrence | Note |
|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|---|
| 2 | front:intro | xx8l | 0 | # Introduction to Revelation\n\n## Part 1: General Introduction\n\n### Outline of the Book of Revelation\n\n1. Opening (1:1-20)\n2. Letters to the seven churches (2:1-3:22)\n3. Vision of God in heaven, and a vision of the Lamb (4:1-11)\n4. The seven seals (6:1-8:1)\n5. The seven trumpets (8:2-13:18)\n6. Worshipers of the Lamb, the martyrs, and the harvest of wrath (14:1-20)\n7. The seven bowls (15:1-18:24)\n8. Worship in heaven (19:1-10)\n9. The Lamb’s judgment, the destruction of the beast, the thousand years, the destruction of Satan, and the final judgment (20:11-15)\n10. The new creation and the new Jerusalem (21:1-22:5)\n11. Jesus’ promise to return, the witness from the angels, John’s closing words, Christ’s message to his church, the invitation and the warning (22:6-21)\n\n### Who wrote the Book of Revelation?\n\nThe author identified himself as John. This was probably the Apostle John. He wrote the Book of Revelation while on the island of Patmos. The Romans exiled John there for teaching people about Jesus.\n\n### What is the Book of Revelation about?\n\nJohn wrote the Book of Revelation to encourage believers to remain faithful even when they are suffering. John described visions he had of Satan and his followers fighting against and killing believers. In the visions God causes many terrible things to happen on the earth to punish wicked people. In the end, Jesus defeats Satan and his followers. Then Jesus comforts those who were faithful. And the believers will live forever with God in the new heavens and earth.\n\n### How should the title of this book be translated?\n\nTranslators may choose to call this book by one of its traditional titles, “Revelation,” “The Revelation of Jesus Christ,” “The Revelation to Saint John,” or “The Apocalypse of John.” Or they may choose a possibly clearer title, such as “The Things that Jesus Christ Showed to John.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])\n\n### What type of writing is the Book of Revelation?\n\nJohn used a special style of writing to describe his visions. John described what he saw by using many symbols. This style of writing is called symbolic prophecy or apocalyptic literature. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts\n\n### Are the events of Revelation past or future?\n\nSince early Christian times, scholars have interpreted Revelation differently. Some scholars think John described events that happened during his time. Some scholars think John described events happening from his time until the return of Jesus. Other scholars think John described events that will happen in a short period of time just before Christ returns.\n\nTranslators will not need to decide how to interpret the book before they translate it. Translators should leave the prophecies in the tenses that are used in the ULT.\n\n### Are there any other books in the Bible like Revelation?\n\nNo other book of the Bible is like the Book of Revelation. But, passages in Ezekiel, Zechariah, and especially Daniel are similar in content and style to Revelation. It may be beneficial to translate Revelation at the same time as Daniel since they have some imagery and style in common.\n\n## Part 3: Important Translation Issues\n\n### Does one need to understand the Book of Revelation to translate it?\n\nOne does not need to understand all of the symbols in the Book of Revelation to translate it properly. Translators should not give possible meanings for the symbols or numbers in their translation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### How are the ideas of “holy” and “sanctify” represented in Revelation in the ULT?\n\nThe scriptures use these words to indicate any one of various ideas. For this reason, it is often difficult for translators to represent them well in their versions. In translating Revelation into English, the ULT uses the following principles:\n\n* The meaning in two passages indicates moral holiness. Here, the ULT uses “holy.” (See: 14:12; 22:11)\n* Usually the meaning in Revelation indicates a simple reference to Christians without implying any particular role filled by them. In these cases, the ULT uses “believer” or “believers.” (See: 5:8; 8:3, 4; 11:18; 13:7; 16:6; 17:6; 18:20, 24; 19:8; 20:9)\n* Sometimes the meaning implies the idea of someone or something set apart for God alone. In these cases, the ULT uses “sanctify,” “set apart,” “dedicated to,” or “reserved for.”\n\nThe UST will often be helpful as translators think about how to represent these ideas in their own versions.\n\n### Periods of time\n\nJohn referred to various periods of time in Revelation. For example, there are many references to forty-two months, seven years, and three and a half days. Some scholars think these time periods are symbolic. Other scholars think these are actual time periods. The translator should treat these time periods as referencing actual periods of time. It is then up to the interpreter to determine their significance or what they may represent.\n\n### The verb “Behold” which occurs often in the book of Revelation\n\n**Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say or do. The word literally means “look!” or “see!” However, in this case, the expression denotes the act of seeing figuratively by means of giving notice and attention. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Revelation?\n\nFor the following verses, some modern versions of the Bible differ from older versions. The ULT text has the modern reading and puts the older reading in a footnote. If a translation of the Bible exists in the general region, translators should consider using the reading found in those versions. If not, translators are advised to follow the modern reading.\n\n* “‘I am the alpha and the omega,’ says the Lord God, ‘the one who is, and who was, and who is to come, the Almighty’” (1:8). Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End.”\n* “the elders prostrated themselves and worshiped” (5:14). Some older versions read, “the twenty-four elders prostrated themselves and worshiped the one who lives forever and ever.”\n* “so that a third of it \\[the earth\\] was burned up” (8:7). Some older versions do not include this phrase.\n* “the one who is and who was” (11:17). Some versions add the phrase “and who is to come.”\n* “they are blameless” (14:5). Some versions add the phrase “before the throne of God” (14:5).\n* “the one who is and who was, the Holy One” (16:5). Some older versions read, “O Lord, the One who is and who was and who is to be.”\n* “The nations will walk by the light of that city” (21:24). Some older versions read, “The nations that are saved will walk by the light of that city.”\n* “Blessed are those who wash their robes” (22:14). Some older versions read “Blessed are those who do his commandments.”\n* “God will take away his share in the tree of life and in the holy city” (22:19). Some older versions read, “God will take away his share in the book of life and in the holy city.”\n\n(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |||
| 3 | 1:intro | u1e2 | 0 | # Revelation 1 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapter One of Revelation\n\nI. The Introduction to Revelation\n\nA. The Prologue (1:1-8)\n\n1. The Preface (1:1-3)\n2. The Address and the Doxology (1:4-6)\n3. The Book’s Theme (1:7-8)\n\nII. John’s Vision of Christ\n\nB. John’s Appointment to Write the Book of Revelation (1:9-20)\n\n1. The Initial Appointment to Write (1:9-11)\n2. The Source of the Appointment (1:12-16)\n3. The Appointment Repeated and Elaborated (1:17-20)\n\nThis chapter explains how the Book of Revelation records the vision John received on the island of Patmos.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page to make them easier to read. The ULT does this with the quoted words in verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven churches\n\nJohn wrote this book to seven actual churches in Asia Minor, which is now the country of Turkey.\n\n### White\n\nThe Bible often speaks of something that belongs to a person as being “white.” This is metaphor and metonym for that person living rightly and pleasing God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/righteous]])\n\n### “Him who is, and who was, and who is to come”\n\nGod exists now. He has always existed. He will always exist. Your language may have a different way of saying this.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Blood\n\nBlood is a metonym for death. Jesus “has released us from our sins by his blood.” John means that Jesus saved us from our sins by dying for us. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “He is coming with the clouds”\n\nJesus went into the clouds when he went up to heaven after God raised him from the dead. When Jesus returns, he will also be “with the clouds.” It is not clear whether he will be sitting or riding on clouds or coming in the clouds or “with the clouds” in some other way. Your translation should express this in a way that is natural in your language.\n\n### “One like a son of man”\n\nThis refers to Jesus. You should translate the words “son of man” using the same words as you did in the Gospels for when Jesus called himself the “Son of Man.”\n\n### “The angels of the seven churches”\n\nThe word “angels” here can also mean “messengers.” This might refer to heavenly beings, or to the messengers or leaders of these seven churches. John uses the same word “angel” (singular) in verse 1 and in many other places throughout the book. Your translation should also use the same word.\n\n### The word “to keep” or “to obey”\n\nThe word “to keep” means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word “to keep” as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. Basically, the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. For example, see how you translated “to keep” in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “to take to heart” or “to continually consider” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |||
| 4 | 1:1 | rkh9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **revelation**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “What God disclosed to Jesus Christ” or “The matters that God revealed to Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 5 | 1:1 | kv41 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | ἀποκάλυψις Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThis phrase could mean: (1) this book is **revelation** that came to Jesus from God. Alternate translation: “revelation to Jesus Christ” (2) this book is **revelation** that came from Jesus to the author of the book, namely John. Alternate translation: “revelation from Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 6 | 1:1 | ik5v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τοῖς δούλοις αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **his servants** refers to people who believe in Jesus Christ and serve him as their Lord. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “those who serve him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 7 | 1:1 | x8bu | ἃ δεῖ γενέσθαι ἐν τάχει | 1 | Alternate translation: “the events that must happen soon” | ||
| 8 | 1:1 | kez4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ἐσήμανεν | 1 | The pronoun **he** here refers to **Jesus Christ** and **it** refers to the **revelation**. If this is not clear to your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus communicated that revelation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 9 | 1:1 | kz6m | ἀποστείλας διὰ τοῦ ἀγγέλου αὐτοῦ | 1 | Alternate translation: “by sending his angel to reveal it” | ||
| 10 | 1:1 | hz2w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ἰωάννῃ | 1 | **John** is the name of a man who was Jesus’ disciple and one of the original twelve apostles. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 11 | 1:1 | pb4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | τῷ δούλῳ αὐτοῦ, Ἰωάννῃ | 1 | The Apostle **John** is referring to himself in the third person here. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “to me, John, his servant” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 12 | 1:2 | tgts | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ὃς ἐμαρτύρησεν | 1 | The subject of this sentence is the author John. If this might confuse your readers, you could start a new sentence here and say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “John testified” or “I, John, testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 13 | 1:2 | va4c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, John uses **word** figuratively to refer to the message that God said by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “about the message that God spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 14 | 1:2 | wb7z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the idea of **testimony**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “what Jesus Christ testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 15 | 1:2 | b5se | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** that **Jesus Christ** gave to him. If this is not clear in your language, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that Jesus Christ has given to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 16 | 1:3 | le65 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὁ ἀναγινώσκων | 1 | Here, **the one who reads** does not refer to a specific person. It refers to anyone **who reads**the words of the prophecy aloud or in public. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could use a more natural phrase. Alternate translation: “anyone who reads aloud” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 17 | 1:3 | t0q3 | τῆς προφητείας | 1 | Here, **this prophecy** refers to this whole book that John is writing. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “of this book of prophecy” | ||
| 18 | 1:3 | h37b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τηροῦντες τὰ ἐν αὐτῇ γεγραμμένα | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who keep what John has written in it” or “who obey what they read in it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 19 | 1:3 | dod2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τηροῦντες | 1 | Here, the word **keep** means “to pay attention to” or “to heed” or “to obey”. There are various ways to render the idea or meaning of this word **keep** as a frequent idiomatic expression in the book of Revelation. See the chapter one introduction as well for the meaning of this idiom which can vary depending on the context of the book of Revelation. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “who take to heart” or “who continually considers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 20 | 1:3 | dwt8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς | 1 | Here, **the time** refers specifically to the appointed time when God will make the prophecies in this book come true. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time for the fulfillment of what is written in this book is near” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 21 | 1:3 | myem | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ γὰρ καιρὸς ἐγγύς | 1 | Here, John speaks figuratively of **time** as if it could be **near** something. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the time will be soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 22 | 1:4 | vw1t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | Ἰωάννης | 1 | # General Information:\n\nIn this culture, letter writers would give their own names first, and they would refer to themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the first person. If your language has a particular way of introducing the author of a letter, you could also use that. Alternate translation: “I, John, am writing this letter” or “From John” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 23 | 1:4 | apl8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ταῖς ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ | 1 | In this culture, after giving their own names, letter writers would then say to whom they were writing, naming those people in the third person. If that would be confusing in your language, you could use the second person. Alternate translation: “to you who are members of the seven churches that are in Asia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 24 | 1:4 | y9yh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing | χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | In this culture, letter writers would offer a good wish for the recipient before introducing the main business of the letter. Use a form in your language that makes it clear that this is a greeting and blessing. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming give you grace and peace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-blessing]]) | |
| 25 | 1:4 | lsun | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | χάρις ὑμῖν καὶ εἰρήνη, ἀπὸ ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for the ideas of **grace** and **peace**, you could express the same idea in another way. Alternate translation: “May the one who is, and who was, and who is coming treat you kindly and give you peaceful relationships” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 26 | 1:4 | unul | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | These three phrases all refer to God. If this might confuse your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God who is, and who was, and who is coming” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 27 | 1:4 | qsu6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | Here, the phrase **who is coming** could refer to: (1) the future tense, to complete the idea that God exists in the past, present, and future. In other words, John uses **is coming** figuratively to state that God will exist in the future. Alternate translation: “who will be” or “who will still exist in the future” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) (2) the physical act of coming, when God will be present on earth for a final judgment. | |
| 28 | 1:4 | x38p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἑπτὰ πνευμάτων | 1 | The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. Here, the **seven spirits** could refer to: (1) The Spirit of God that is described with seven attributes in [Isaiah 11:2](../isa/11/02.md). Alternate translation: “the sevenfold Holy Spirit”. (2) Seven individual spirits which serve God and that also might be the “seven angels” in [8:2](../08/02.md). Alternate translation: “the seven spirit beings” or “the seven angelic spirits” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 29 | 1:5 | w24x | καὶ ἀπὸ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ | 1 | The first half of this verse continues the sentence from the previous verse. If you make this a new sentence, then you will need to repeat some of the information from the previous verse. Alternate translation: “And may grace be to you and peace also from Jesus Christ” | ||
| 30 | 1:5 | gz2n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | ὁ μάρτυς ὁ πιστός | 1 | This phrase **the faithful witness** is a title describing Jesus Christ. The phrase probably comes from [Psalm 89:37](../psa/089/037.md). Likewise, every title that is describing Jesus Christ in this verse comes from Psalm 89, including: **the firstborn from the dead** and **the ruler of the kings of the earth**. Psalm 89 itself refers to the promises that God gave to David in [2 Samuel 7](../2sa/07/01.md). So all of these titles describe Jesus Christ as the one who completes God’s promises to David. You may want to include some of this information in a footnote. You may also want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or indentation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 31 | 1:5 | l3h8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὁ πρωτότοκος τῶν νεκρῶν | 1 | This phrase **the firstborn from the dead** is an idiom meaning “the first person to die and become alive again”. The phrase probably alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../psa/89/27.md). If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use plain language. Alternate translation: “the first person to be raised from death” or “the first person to come back to life to never die again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 32 | 1:5 | j1xp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns | τῶν νεκρῶν | 1 | The word **dead** is a singular noun that refers to a group of people. If your language does not use singular nouns in that way, you can use a different expression. Alternate translation: “from those who are dead” or “from those who have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-collectivenouns]]) | |
| 33 | 1:5 | gqw8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | καὶ ὁ ἄρχων τῶν βασιλέων τῆς γῆς | 1 | This phrase **the ruler of the kings of the earth** is a title of Jesus Christ that describes his future dominion over the earth. This phrase alludes to [Psalm 89:27](../psa/089/027.md). As with the previous phrases from [Psalm 89](../psa/089/001.md), you may want to indicate the presence of an Old Testament quotation or allusion here by using a different typeface or formatting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 34 | 1:5 | ttqn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure | τῷ ἀγαπῶντι ἡμᾶς | 1 | A new sentence begins here that continues through the rest of the next verse. This sentence praises Jesus Christ. If it is helpful for your readers, you may want to state the main verb here at the beginning of the sentence and then repeat it again in the next verse. You may also want to break this long sentence into two or more shorter sentences. Alternate translation: “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always because he loves us” or “May Jesus Christ receive glory and power always. He is the one who loves us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) | |
| 35 | 1:5 | tqfs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | τῷ | 1 | Here, **the one** refers to Jesus Christ. If this is not clear to your readers, you can say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To Jesus Christ, who loves us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 36 | 1:5 | u6v7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | λύσαντι ἡμᾶς ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν | 1 | Here John uses **released** figuratively of forgiving people for their **sins**. If this would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternative translation: “has forgiven us for our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 37 | 1:5 | rvmr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | ἡμᾶς & ἡμῶν | 1 | The words **us** and **our** here include both John and his readers. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 38 | 1:5 | jpnq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐκ τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ἡμῶν | 1 | John uses **sins** figuratively to refer to the punishment for **sins**. He means that Jesus causes people who believe in him to escape eternal punishment for their sins. If this would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “from the punishment for our sins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 39 | 1:5 | q64f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῷ αἵματι αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **blood** figuratively represents the death of Christ on the cross. If this might confuse your readers, you could use a comparable word that stands for death or express the idea in non-figurative language. Alternate translation: “his death on the cross” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 40 | 1:6 | nhfb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | βασιλείαν | 1 | Here, **a kingdom** functions as a metaphor for the unity that believers have as they belong to each other and to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the meaning of **kingdom** here explicitly. Alternate translation: “a group that belongs to God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 41 | 1:6 | iq7j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἱερεῖς | 1 | Here, the word **priests** functions as a metaphor for people who live to serve God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “people who work” or “people who live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 42 | 1:6 | nesy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | βασιλείαν, ἱερεῖς τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ—αὐτῷ ἡ δόξα καὶ τὸ κράτος | 1 | If your language does not use an abstract noun for **glory** or **power**, you could express these ideas in other ways. Here, **power** refers to the authority that Jesus has to rule over his kingdom. Alternate translation: “may people glorify Jesus and may he rule over everyone” or “may people honor Jesus always and may he reign” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 43 | 1:6 | ne7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τῷ Θεῷ καὶ Πατρί αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, the words **God** and **Father** refer to one person, not two. This is God the Father who exists with the Son and the Holy Spirit as God. The name **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. Alternate translation: “for God, his Father” or “for God, who is the Father of Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 44 | 1:7 | ldv8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks | ἰδοὺ, ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν, καὶ ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThe clauses **Behold, he is coming with the clouds**, **every eye will see him, even those who pierced him**, and **will mourn because of him** are quotations from the Old Testament. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate this by setting off all of this material with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) | |
| 45 | 1:7 | mx1c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Here, **Behold** is a word that focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “Listen carefully!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 46 | 1:7 | bbqj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν | 1 | The pronoun **he** here refers to Jesus Christ. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus is coming with the clouds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 47 | 1:7 | isa6 | ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν | 1 | This phrase probably refers to [Daniel 7:13](../dan/07/13.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. | ||
| 48 | 1:7 | k0qo | ἔρχεται μετὰ τῶν νεφελῶν | 1 | Alternate translation: “He approaches on the clouds” | ||
| 49 | 1:7 | nxqe | ὄψεται αὐτὸν πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς, καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν, καὶ κόψονται ἐπ’ αὐτὸν πᾶσαι αἱ φυλαὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | These phrases probably refer to [Zechariah 12:10](../zec/12/10.md). You may want to include this information in a footnote. | ||
| 50 | 1:7 | hb4i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | πᾶς ὀφθαλμὸς | 1 | Since people see with their eyes, the word **eye** is used to refer to people. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “every person” or “everyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 51 | 1:7 | ndf6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν | 1 | Jesus’ hands and feet were **pierced** when he was nailed to the cross and a soldier **pierced** his side with a spear. Here **those who pierced him** refers to the people who killed him. If this would be misunderstood in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced and killed him” or “even those who stabbed him to death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 52 | 1:7 | ewtl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | καὶ οἵτινες αὐτὸν ἐξεκέντησαν | 1 | John is leaving out some of the words that a clause would need in many languages to be complete. If your readers might misunderstand this, you could supply these words from the previous clause. Alternate translation: “even those who pierced him will see him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 53 | 1:7 | s0rd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | ναί! ἀμήν! | 1 | Here, the phrase **Yes, Amen** has two words that mean basically the same thing. **Yes** affirms, emphasizes, and strengthens the following word, **Amen**. If your language does not use repetition to do this, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “Certainly it shall be thus!” or “Yes indeed, may this truly be so!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 54 | 1:8 | c96p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | ἐγώ εἰμι τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος, ὁ Θεός, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν, καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, ὁ Παντοκράτωρ | 1 | Here, **says the Lord God** indicates that the clauses that come before and after this phrase are quotations. If this might confuse your readers, you could move this phrase to the beginning or end of the verse. Alternate translation: “The Lord God says, ‘I am the alpha and the omega, the one who is, and who was, and who is coming, the Almighty.’” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 55 | 1:8 | ufix | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ | 1 | The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. Comparing God to these letters means that he is the first and the last of all things. If it would be helpful in your language, you may consider using the first and last letters of your language’s alphabet, or use plain language. Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” or “the one who began and will end all things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 56 | 1:8 | l1ss | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ | 1 | Here the phrase **the alpha and the omega** refers to the eternal nature of God the Father or that of Jesus Christ. The Greek alphabet represents time, and referring to the beginning and ending letters includes all of those in between. In other words, these letters represent all of time. Therefore, the idea here is that God always exists. The second part of the verse says this plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who always existed and will always exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 57 | 1:8 | t0ga | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, λέγει Κύριος | 1 | Some versions add the phrase “the Beginning and the End” after this statement. If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the phrase it uses. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to follow the example of the ULT. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) | |
| 58 | 1:8 | in5e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **who is coming** in [verse 4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 59 | 1:8 | c1ii | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | ὁ Παντοκράτωρ | 1 | God is using the adjective **Almighty** as a noun in order to describe who he is. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could translate this with a noun phrase. Alternate translation: “the one who is Almighty” or “the Almighty One” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 60 | 1:9 | qyu1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | Ἰωάννης, ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν, καὶ συνκοινωνὸς ἐν τῇ θλίψει, καὶ βασιλείᾳ, καὶ ὑπομονῇ, ἐν Ἰησοῦ | 1 | The Apostle **John** refers to himself in the third person here in this verse. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person primarily or predominantly. Alternate translation: “I … am experiencing affliction with you … ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 61 | 1:9 | mg1k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | ὁ ἀδελφὸς ὑμῶν | 1 | Here, **your** is plural and refers to the believers assembled among the seven churches mentioned in chapters 1–3 of this book. If your readers would misunderstand this, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the brother of you believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 62 | 1:9 | y5gy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ ἀδελφὸς | 1 | John is using the term **brother** to mean that he shares the same faith. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “your fellow believer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 63 | 1:9 | ikek | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | βασιλείᾳ | 1 | If your language does not use abstract nouns for the ideas of **suffering**, **kingdom**, and **endurance**, you could express these ideas in another way. Alternate translation: “someone who is patiently enduring while suffering just as you are because we belong to Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 64 | 1:9 | o6k9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐν Ἰησοῦ | 1 | Here John pictures **Jesus** as containing the **suffering**, **kingdom**, and **patient endurance** that everyone who believes in him experiences. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this idea plainly. Alternate translation: “that we all experience because we believe in Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 65 | 1:9 | c1a9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | John uses **word of God** figuratively to describe the gospel message that came from God and that John proclaimed by using words. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “because of the message from God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 66 | 1:9 | sim8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ | 1 | John is using the possessive form to describe the **testimony** about **Jesus** that John proclaimed. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the testimony that I proclaimed about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 67 | 1:10 | s2sw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι | 1 | Here, **in the Spirit** could mean: (1) God’s Spirit (the Holy Spirit) took control of John in order to influence John to receive divine revelation. Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit of God” or “God’s Spirit took control of me” (2) God caused John’s spirit to be in a state so that he could perceive revelation. Alternate translation: “God influenced my spirit” or “God took control of my spirit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 68 | 1:10 | lnj2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῇ Κυριακῇ ἡμέρᾳ | 1 | Here, **the Lord’s day** refers specifically to Sunday, which was the day of the week when believers gathered to worship together in honor of the Lord’s resurrection. If this is unclear to your readers, you could express the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “Sunday, the Lord’s day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 69 | 1:10 | fa68 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | φωνὴν μεγάλην ὡς σάλπιγγος | 1 | The **voice** was very **loud** so that the noise sounded **like a trumpet**. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a voice as loud as a trumpet being blown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 70 | 1:10 | ggph | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | φωνὴν μεγάλην | 1 | Here, **a loud voice** refers to a person speaking loudly, who is later revealed to be Jesus Christ. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a sound of someone speaking loudly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 71 | 1:10 | fu9q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ὡς σάλπιγγος | 1 | A **trumpet** was an instrument for making a loud sound that, in John’s time, was probably made of metal. If you do not have trumpets in your culture, use a word in your language for a loud instrument. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 72 | 1:11 | y4ab | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | λεγούσης | 1 | Here, **saying** introduces a quotation. What follows is what the voice of the previous verse said. Consider natural ways of introducing direct quotations in your language. You may want to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “That voice said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 73 | 1:11 | kq6x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ἔφεσον & Σμύρναν & Πέργαμον & Θυάτειρα & Σάρδεις & Φιλαδέλφιαν & Λαοδίκιαν | 1 | These are names of cities in the region of western Asia Minor that are in the modern area of southwestern Turkey today. The logic of the order seems to begin with Ephesus, the most important city at the time and then proceed to move clockwise until it reaches the city that is the furthest south at Laodicea. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 74 | 1:12 | r89l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὴν φωνὴν ἥτις | 1 | Here, **voice** refers figuratively to the person speaking. The context indicates that Jesus Christ is the one speaking here. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “who” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 75 | 1:12 | flem | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἑπτὰ λυχνίας χρυσᾶς | 1 | Here, **seven golden lampstands** refers to seven poles that each hold one or more oil lamps at the top. These seven lamp holders are made of gold. Apparently these lamp holders represent the seven assemblies of believers in the seven cities mentioned in the previous verse. The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection, so it may be that these seven churches represent Christ’s church as a whole, that is, all believers. Alternate translation: “seven golden stands holding oil lamps” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 76 | 1:13 | xmx7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | The expression **like a son of man** describes a human figure that recalls the same phrase from [Daniel 7:13](../dan/07/13.md). The point of this comparison is that the figure John saw looked like a human. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “a being that looked like a man” or “a figure that resembled a human being” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 77 | 1:13 | y6qk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ζώνην χρυσᾶν | 1 | A **sash** was a strip of cloth worn around the chest. This one had the appearance of gold and may have been woven from golden threads. A **sash** is not a belt that is worn around the waist. Alternate translation: “strap” or “band” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 78 | 1:14 | hqz1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys | ἡ δὲ κεφαλὴ αὐτοῦ καὶ αἱ τρίχες | 1 | Here, the phrase **head and hair** refers to the hair that is on the head. It does not mean that the skin of the head was white. Alternate translation: “the hair on his head” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) | |
| 79 | 1:14 | mg7r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών | 1 | John uses repetition here in order to emphasize how white the hair was. If your language does not use repetition in this way, you could use one phrase and provide emphasis in another way. Alternate translation: “extremely white like wool or snow” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 80 | 1:14 | j9w4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | λευκαὶ, ὡς ἔριον λευκόν ὡς χιών | 1 | John is comparing the **hair** to **wool** and **snow** because those things are both very white. If your readers would not be familiar with those things, you could use the name of something in your area that is known to be very white, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “white as egret feathers” or “white as cotton” or “very, very white” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 81 | 1:14 | vp4t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo | οἱ ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ ὡς φλὸξ πυρός | 1 | It may be that the phrase **flame of fire** repeats information in a way that would be unnatural to express in your language. If so, you can say it in a more natural way. Alternate translation: “his eyes blazed like fire” or “his eyes were glowing like flames” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicitinfo]]) | |
| 82 | 1:15 | u551 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ | 1 | The point of this comparison is that the **feet** were like **polished bronze**, which is very shiny. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished bronze” or “his feet were reflecting light like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 83 | 1:15 | qbno | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ | 1 | John refers here to **polished bronze**. If your readers would not be familiar with that metal, you could use a more general comparison or an expression without a comparison. Alternate translation: “his feet were very shiny like polished metal” or “his feet were shining” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 84 | 1:15 | d6je | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events | ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ ὡς ἐν καμίνῳ πεπυρωμένης | 1 | Here, **furnace** refers to a strong container for holding a very hot fire. People would put metal like **bronze** in it, and the hot fire would make the metal **refined** by melting away any impurities that were in the metal. Do not translate this verse in a way that would imply that the bronze was first polished and then refined in a furnace, which reverses the actual order of events. Alternate translation: “like bronze that has been purified in a hot furnace and then polished” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 85 | 1:15 | izg6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἡ φωνὴ αὐτοῦ ὡς φωνὴ ὑδάτων πολλῶν | 1 | The point of this comparison is that **the sound** of **his voice** was very loud and powerful. The image could be that of a loud waterfall or loud ocean waves or a loud downpour of rain. If it would be helpful in your language, you could make this point explicitly. Alternate translation: “his voice was very loud like the sound of rushing waters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 86 | 1:16 | qu9h | καὶ ἔχων | 1 | Here, the subject of **having** continues from verse [1:13](../01/13.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could start a new sentence here and repeat the subject. Alternate translation: “This one like a son of man had” or “He had” | ||
| 87 | 1:16 | pp58 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | καὶ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ῥομφαία δίστομος ὀξεῖα ἐκπορευομένη | 1 | Here, the imagery of the **sword** protruding from Christ’s mouth is most likely a metaphor for the spoken word, especially God’s word, as being figuratively sharp and able to pierce things, as in Ephesians 6:17 and Hebrews 4:12. The symbolism may have been inspired by the fact that Roman **double-edged** swords were shaped like human tongues in their forms. The translator may wish to include some of this information in a footnote. Alternate translation: “the blade of a sharp sword that cuts on both sides protruding from his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 88 | 1:16 | cb26 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς ὁ ἥλιος φαίνει ἐν τῇ δυνάμει αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, the phrase **shining as the sun at its strength** compares the face of Jesus Christ to the way that the sun shines in its full force during the middle of the day. Use a natural expression in your language for this. Alternate translation: “shining as bright as the noonday sun” or “shining as bright as the sun at mid-day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 89 | 1:17 | vz4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ | 1 | Here, the subject of **and he placed his right hand on me** should be assumed from earlier in the context at verse [1:13](../01/13.md). Verse [1:13](../01/13.md) mentions one **like a son of man** as a description of Jesus Christ. If this might confuse your readers, you could explicitly state the subject as Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus placed his right hand on me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 90 | 1:17 | jw5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | καὶ ἔθηκεν τὴν δεξιὰν αὐτοῦ ἐπ’ ἐμὲ | 1 | Here, the phrase **and he placed his right hand on me** signifies a cultural gesture or symbolic action that expresses comfort and assurance for the person who is need of encouragement at the moment of fear. The symbolic action has the accompanying verbal expression of **Do not be afraid** so as to illustrate the significance and symbolism of the cultural gesture. Alternate translation: “and he touched me with his right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 91 | 1:17 | uc3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ἐγώ εἰμι ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος | 1 | Here, **the first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus because he is God. He existed before anything else and he will continue to exist after everything else is gone. In this expression, **first** refers to what is before everything and **last** refers to what is after everything. This is similar to the use of alpha and omega in [verse 8](../01/08.md). If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “the one who existed before everything and will exist after everything” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 92 | 1:18 | zm05 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | καὶ ὁ ζῶν καὶ ἐγενόμην νεκρὸς | 1 | Here, **the one who lives** also refers to the eternal nature of Jesus as God. It could refer to: (1) God possessing eternal life in himself. Alternate translation: “the living one” (2) God being the source of life. Alternate translation: “the one who gives life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 93 | 1:18 | cc7c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Here, **behold** focuses the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Alternate translation: “know this” or “you must understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 94 | 1:18 | a4e2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου | 1 | John uses **keys** here figuratively to refer to authority or power. Just as **keys** have the ability to control the opening or locking of a door, so Jesus has the power to control death and Hades. If this might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I have the power over death and over Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 95 | 1:18 | pgql | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἔχω τὰς κλεῖς τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου | 1 | This clause implies that Jesus can give life to those who have died and let them out of **Hades**. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I have the power to give life to people who have died and to let them out of Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 96 | 1:18 | acrx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | τοῦ θανάτου καὶ τοῦ ᾍδου | 1 | The word **Hades** is the Greek name for the place where the spirits of dead people go. Many Bible translations just use this word as it is, and others translate it, using a word for the place of the dead in their language. The words **death** and **Hades** mean almost the same thing. Through **death** a person enters **Hades**. Alternate translation: “to release people from death, that is, from Hades” or “to free people from death and from the grave” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |
| 97 | 1:19 | eupc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany | ἃ εἶδες, καὶ ἃ εἰσὶν, καὶ ἃ μέλλει γενέσθαι μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | Here, **what you have seen, both the things that are and what must happen after these things** refers to the things that Jesus is showing to John throughout this book. These clauses could indicate (1) events in two time periods, present and future. In this case, the tense of **have seen** is from the perspective of John when he is writing. He cannot write something until he has seen it. Alternate translation: “what you see, that is, the things that exist now, and what must happen afterwards” or (2) events in three time periods, past, present, and future. Alternate translation: “what you have seen, what is, and what must happen afterwards” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) | |
| 98 | 1:20 | ytmk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων | 1 | Here, **the mystery** refers to a secret or symbolic meaning of the vision of the **seven stars**. If it would be helpful in your language, you could express this meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the secret meaning of the seven stars” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 99 | 1:20 | ttic | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | τὸ μυστήριον τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀστέρων, οὓς εἶδες ἐπὶ τῆς δεξιᾶς μου, καὶ τὰς ἑπτὰ λυχνίας τὰς χρυσᾶς | 1 | This sentence leaves out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words if it would be helpful in your language. Alternate translation: “I will explain the mystery of the seven stars that you saw in my right hand, and the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 100 | 1:20 | fl5d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | λυχνίας | 1 | See how you translated this word in [verse 12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 101 | 1:20 | eek9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἄγγελοι τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν | 1 | Here, **the angels of the seven churches** could refer to: (1) heavenly angels who protect the seven churches, or (2) human messengers who are sent to the seven churches. In the second case, **the angels** could either be human representatives who lead among each of the seven churches or, alternatively, the actual messengers who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the seven churches mentioned in [verse 11](../01/11.md). The translator should use a word here that can allow for both interpretations, if possible. Alternate translation: “the seven messengers of the seven churches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 102 | 1:20 | e25n | τῶν ἑπτὰ ἐκκλησιῶν | 1 | See how you translated this in [verse 11](../01/11.md). | ||
| 103 | 2:intro | zps2 | 0 | # Revelation 2 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted words of verse 27.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Poverty and wealth\n\nThe Christians in Smyrna were poor because they did not have much money. But they were rich spiritually because God would reward them for their suffering. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]])\n\n### “The devil is about to”\n\nPeople were about to take some of the Christians in Smyrna and throw them into prison and even kill some of them ([Revelation 2:10](../rev/02/10.md)). John does not say who these people were. But he does speak of them harming the Christians as if Satan himself were harming them. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\n### Balaam, Balak, and Jezebel\n\nBalaam, Balak, and Jezebel were people who lived long before Jesus was born. They all tried to harm the Israelites either by cursing them or by making them want to stop obeying God.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |||
| 104 | 2:1 | mn8x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Ἐφέσῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Ephesus**. **Ephesus** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 105 | 2:1 | kq5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῷ ἀγγέλῳ | 1 | Here, **the angel** could refer to: (1) a heavenly angel who protects the church in Ephesus, or (2) a human messenger who is sent to the church in Ephesus as a representative leader. In this case, **the angel** could either be a representative leader of the church in Ephesus or the actual messenger who went from John bearing the book of Revelation to the church in Ephesus. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 106 | 2:1 | mz7l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | τάδε λέγει | 1 | Here, **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this phrase are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 107 | 2:1 | q1ck | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns | ὁ κρατῶν τοὺς ἑπτὰ ἀστέρας ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ, ὁ περιπατῶν ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν | 1 | Here, the implied subject of the two clauses is Jesus Christ. Jesus is the assumed subject from the context established in the previous chapter one. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the intended reference to Jesus explicitly. Alternate translation: “Jesus Christ, the one who holds the seven stars in his right hand, who walks in the midst of the seven golden lampstands” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) | |
| 108 | 2:1 | ugs3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τῶν ἑπτὰ λυχνιῶν τῶν χρυσῶν | 1 | The **golden lampstands** are symbols that represent the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers. See how you translated **lampstands** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 109 | 2:2 | mm3q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἶδα | 1 | For the expression **I know** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:1,8,15), please see the explanatory note for **I know** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 110 | 2:2 | jg1u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὸν κόπον | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **labor**, you can express it with the verb “to work”. Alternate translation: “that you laboured very hard” or “that you worked very hard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 111 | 2:2 | iwe7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὴν ὑπομονήν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **endurance**, you can express it with the verb “endure.” Alternate translation: “that you patiently suffered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 112 | 2:2 | l6mv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd | τὰ ἔργα σου, καὶ τὸν κόπον καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ ὅτι οὐ δύνῃ βαστάσαι κακούς; καὶ ἐπείρασας τοὺς λέγοντας ἑαυτοὺς ἀποστόλους, καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν, καὶ εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς | 1 | The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel** (see the previous verse), so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) | |
| 113 | 2:2 | sxbf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | κακούς | 1 | Here, **evil people** translates directly an adjective in the Greek that signifies simply “wicked” or **evil**. Thus, the translator must supply a noun that the adjective is describing through an assumed implication. The natural assumption for the noun to be supplied would be human individuals who were people in the surrounding community of those being addressed here. Alternate translation: “wayward people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 114 | 2:2 | ka9e | εὗρες αὐτοὺς ψευδεῖς | 1 | Here, **you have found them** indicates the literal translation of the Greek. However, the sense of **found** is something like “to understand” or simply to come to the knowledge about a certain reality. The understood reality is actually the falsehood of the claim of certain people to be apostles. Alternate translation: “you have recognized those people to be false apostles” | ||
| 115 | 2:3 | nn01 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | καὶ ὑπομονὴν ἔχεις | 1 | Here, **and you have patient endurance** implies a missing affirmation of **I know** from the previous verse. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternative translation: “I realize that you have patient endurance” or “I recognize that you have patient endurance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 116 | 2:3 | muq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | διὰ τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ, since Jesus uses **name** here to refer to himself. The believers in Ephesus are suffering persecution and difficult circumstances for the sake of Jesus Christ as believers in him. The assembly in Ephesus suffers for the sake of the person and message of Jesus Christ within their society. Alternate translation: “because of me” or “because you believe in my name” or “because you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 117 | 2:3 | j46d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὐ κεκοπίακες | 1 | Being discouraged is spoken of as growing **weary**. The metaphor relates the notion of quitting an action with becoming tired since often people stop an action if they are tired. Alternate translation: “you have not become discouraged” or “you have not quit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 118 | 2:3 | mg3z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes | οὐ κεκοπίακες | 1 | Here, **have not grown weary** is a litotes expression that expresses emphasis by negating the opposite statement. In this case, Jesus emphasizes the act of persevering and not giving up despite obstacles by stating the opposite notion. The believers at Ephesus had persevered in trials but did not give up. Thus, they did not grow **weary** or become tired, but rather they continued to try hard. See the previous note about the metaphor in the figure of speech. Alternate translation: “you have not grown tired” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) | |
| 119 | 2:4 | j7gz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ, ὅτι | 1 | Here **I have against you that** indicates a negative, critical sentiment. It expresses the idea of a critical attitude in the person speaking, meaning something like: “I have something against you” or “there is something about you that I disapprove of”. Jesus is leaving out a word in the idiomatic expression that some languages would need in order for a clause to be complete. However, the following words in the context describe the matter of contention that Jesus is angry about. If your language requires an explanation of what Jesus is taking issue with the Ephesian church about, then you can supply it from the context. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because” or “I have a criticism to make of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 120 | 2:4 | kx98 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὴν ἀγάπην σου τὴν πρώτην ἀφῆκες | 1 | To stop doing something is spoken of as leaving it **behind**. Here, **love** represents an object that can abandoned. Here, the expression presents a metaphor expressing **love** as an object that can be forsaken. Alternate translation: “you have stopped loving me as you did at the beginning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 121 | 2:5 | sfw2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πόθεν πέπτωκας | 1 | The notion of the church no longer loving as much as they used to love is spoken of as having **fallen** in the sense of “how far you have fallen from your original location”. Here, “falling” from a standing location is a metaphor for abandoning an earlier love and devotion for a person, in this case Jesus. Here, the metaphorical expression describes a tremendous decline in the love for Jesus among the Christians at Ephesus. Alternate translation: “how much you have changed” or “how much you once loved me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 122 | 2:5 | cd8v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | καὶ τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα ποίησον | 1 | Here, **the first works** is a metonym that describes the behavior or way of life of the Ephesian believers earlier in their Christian practice. Earlier in the Christian way of life of the Ephesian believers they made greater efforts in their stronger devotion for Jesus. Alternate translation: “and do the first efforts” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 123 | 2:5 | hlyf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς | 1 | Here, **I will come to you and I will remove your lampstand from its place** could refer to: (1) a special coming in judgment that Jesus would make personally for only the church of Ephesus. (2) the final, second coming of Jesus to the earth in judgment. In both interpretation options, Jesus uses a metaphor from the actual Roman destruction of the Jerusalem temple in 70 AD. In 70 AD, the Romans entered the Jerusalem temple and removed the seven-branched lampstand from inside the sanctuary. However, the translator should not make either interpretive option explicit in the translation. Alternate translation: “I will come to you and I will extract your lampstand from its place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 124 | 2:5 | j8p5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἔρχομαί σοι καὶ κινήσω τὴν λυχνίαν σου ἐκ τοῦ τόπου αὐτῆς | 1 | The **lampstand** is a symbol that represents one of the seven churches. See how you translated **lampstand** in [Revelation 1:12](../01/12.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 125 | 2:6 | g8gn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀλλὰ τοῦτο ἔχεις | 1 | **But you have this** is a metaphor in which **this** represents the fact that Jesus hates the works of the Nicolaitans. The metaphor in this idiomatic expression is that **this** is spoken of as if it were an object someone could have. If this might confuse your readers, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “But this is to your credit” or “But here is a good thing you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 126 | 2:6 | cvi5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | τῶν Νικολαϊτῶν | 1 | The **Nicolaitans** were people who followed the teachings or practices of a man named Nicolaus. The translator should not attempt to specify the actual teachings or practices of the **Nicolaitans** since there is no certainty about what Nicolaus taught or practiced. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 127 | 2:7 | s3qg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 128 | 2:7 | tidg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 129 | 2:7 | zln0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 130 | 2:7 | wzg1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τῷ νικῶντι | 1 | The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “To the one who wins the victory” or “To the one who overcomes the obstacles” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 131 | 2:7 | t84w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | τῷ νικῶντι | 1 | The expression **To the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “To anyone who has the victory” or “To those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 132 | 2:7 | ng2d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | ἐκ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς | 1 | John is using the possessive form of **tree** to describe the **tree** as giving **life**. The imagery recalls Genesis 3:22’s reference to **the tree of life** in the Garden of Eden. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the tree that grants life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 133 | 2:7 | rmf5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | τῷ Παραδείσῳ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, **paradise** is a Greek transliteration of a Persian word that describes a pleasure garden and zoo that Persian monarchs built at their residences. However, in the Bible **paradise** becomes a symbol for heaven. The symbolism for heaven might be seen in Luke 23:43 and 2 Corinthians 12:4, which both show that **paradise** is a name for the abode of God. Thus, **paradise** represents the eternal and permanent home of believers in Jesus Christ in the new heavens and the new earth of the future. Alternate translation: “the garden of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |
| 134 | 2:8 | is3w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σμύρνῃ ἐκκλησίας γράψον | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Smyrna**. **Smyrna** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 135 | 2:8 | ie9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῷ ἀγγέλῳ | 1 | See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 136 | 2:8 | nvn1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | τάδε λέγει | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 137 | 2:8 | huo8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν | 1 | Jesus is referring to himself in the third person here. If this is confusing in your language, you could translate this in the first person. Alternate translation: “I am the first and the last and I am the one who became dead but came to life again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 138 | 2:8 | k7qk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος | 1 | Here, the **first and the last** refers to the eternal nature of Jesus Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 139 | 2:8 | t5l1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ὃς ἐγένετο νεκρὸς καὶ ἔζησεν | 1 | Here, the phrase **who became dead but came to life again** describes Jesus by the two extremes of his death on the cross as well as his current life after the resurrection. The figure of speech is a type of merism. See how you translated the very similar phrase in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). However, note that there are slight differences between this verse and [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md), such as in the order of the words. Alternate translation: “who became dead but lived again” or “who became dead but returned back to life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 140 | 2:9 | s6ja | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd | σου | 1 | See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) | |
| 141 | 2:9 | p6hp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὴν θλῖψιν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **affliction**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “I know how you have suffered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 142 | 2:9 | ch4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὴν πτωχείαν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **poverty**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how poor you are” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 143 | 2:9 | lhuk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀλλὰ πλούσιος εἶ | 1 | Here, **rich** is a metaphor for the spiritual condition of the Christians in Smyrna. The Christians in Smyrna were physically poor because they did not have much money. However, they were spiritually rich because God would reward them for their suffering in the future. Thus, the metaphor uses the language of physical money to describe the spiritual condition of Smyrna’s Christians. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 144 | 2:9 | f6bp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὴν βλασφημίαν ἐκ τῶν λεγόντων Ἰουδαίους εἶναι ἑαυτούς | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **slander**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “how people have slandered you—those who say they are Jews” or “how people have said terrible things about you—those who say they are Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 145 | 2:9 | qf9p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony | καὶ οὐκ εἰσίν | 1 | Here, **but they are not** is irony in the sense of the fact that Jesus does not intend to say that the people are not literal Jews. Jesus actually means that these people are indeed Jews, although they do not behave in a manner that agrees with their ethnic identification. Jews should behave as if they were God’s people, but these people mentioned here do not act as if they were actually God’s chosen race. Alternate translation: “but they are not real Jews” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) | |
| 146 | 2:9 | a4yu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ | 1 | Here, **a synagogue of Satan** is a metaphor describing Jewish people in Smyrna that were slandering the Christians in the local church. The metaphor uses the imagery of the word **synagogue** as a place to gather together Jews for both worship and for learning. However, the Jews described in this verse gather together to slander the Christians of Smyrna. Therefore, these Jews actually gather and serve **Satan** as a **synagogue** in a certain sense. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 147 | 2:9 | hv3o | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | συναγωγὴ τοῦ Σατανᾶ | 1 | Here, **a synagogue of Satan** signifies a synagogue that serves Satan in some metaphorical sense (see previous note). The phrase uses the possessive form to describe the fact that the synagogue of Jews serves Satan. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “a synagogue that follows Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 148 | 2:10 | a9ue | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 149 | 2:10 | agx4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | μέλλει βάλλειν ὁ διάβολος ἐξ ὑμῶν εἰς φυλακὴν, ἵνα πειρασθῆτε | 1 | Here, **to throw** is a idiomatic expression for putting someone into prison or jail. The enemies of the Christians will test them, not God himself. Translators should avoid making the impression to their readers that God is in league with Satan as an author of evil or temptation. Alternate translation: “the devil will soon cause others to put some of you in prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 150 | 2:10 | tlvz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd | ἐξ ὑμῶν | 1 | See how you translated the second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) | |
| 151 | 2:10 | snk8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡμερῶν δέκα | 1 | Here, **ten days** is probably metaphorical for a short time or limited amount of time for testing. Daniel 1:14 is most likely the source of the expression for a short time of testing. The translator should not avoid, however, rendering the time as a literal length of time of ten days, in contrast to some unspecified amount of time in a metaphorical expression. Alternate translation: “for a short time of testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 152 | 2:10 | f5t1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | γίνου πιστὸς ἄχρι θανάτου | 1 | The use of the word **until** does not mean that you should stop being faithful at death. Rather, the idea is to be faithful even to the point of death. Alternate translation: “Be faithful to me even if they kill you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 153 | 2:10 | zhj8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | τὸν στέφανον τῆς ζωῆς | 1 | Here, **the crown of life** refers as a metaphor to the reward of eternal life itself. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the crown or the wreath as the prize of life itself. Eternal life is the reward in the metaphor of a crown. Alternate translation: “life as your crown” or “life as your wreath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 154 | 2:11 | g7zq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 155 | 2:11 | dc3n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 156 | 2:11 | y88p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 157 | 2:11 | s9d2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὁ νικῶν | 1 | See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 158 | 2:11 | q6w2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism | οὐ μὴ ἀδικηθῇ ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου | 1 | Here, the clause **will certainly not be hurt** is a euphemism for experiencing the second death in actuality. The literal meaning of the clause gives the sense of mistreating or injuring someone. However, in this case, the euphemism represents the greater danger of a second, spiritual death (see next note). Alternate translation: “will not experience the second death” or “will not die the second death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) | |
| 159 | 2:11 | ayw1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐκ τοῦ θανάτου τοῦ δευτέρου | 1 | Here, **by the second death** is a metaphor that describes the spiritual or eternal transition from normal life that occurs after the first natural death that people suffer at the end of life. The phrase **second death** is further described and defined in Revelation 20:6,14: 21:8. The translator should translate the phrase **the second death** literally and also give an explanatory note with references to Revelation 20:6,14; 21:8. Alternate translation: “by the eternal death” or “by the spiritual death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 160 | 2:12 | ll17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Περγάμῳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Pergamum**. **Pergamum** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 161 | 2:12 | il7c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῷ ἀγγέλῳ | 1 | See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 162 | 2:12 | kf91 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | τάδε λέγει | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 163 | 2:12 | f6s5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὴν ῥομφαίαν τὴν δίστομον τὴν ὀξεῖαν | 1 | See how you translated this type of **sword** and its imagery in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 164 | 2:13 | ltx3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἶδα ποῦ κατοικεῖς | 1 | Here, **I know where you live** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present condition and difficult circumstances that the Christians in Pergamum were experiencing at that time. The idiomatic expression indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current problems and difficult conditions of the people which he addresses here. Jesus not only expresses knowledge of the city of Pergamum as a location or place, but he also expresses his familiarity with the religious, social, and moral conditions which the Christians experienced while living in Pergamum. See the explanatory note for **I know** in the chapter two introduction contents. Alternate translation: “I know where you dwell” or “I know where you have your home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 165 | 2:13 | ryn6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | ὁ θρόνος τοῦ Σατανᾶ | 1 | Here, **the throne of Satan** means the place that “Satan controls and gives power to his throne”. Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the place where Satan has power and control with a reference to a throne for describing the rule of Satan as a metonym. There is most likely a local reference to a giant altar to the god Zeus that existed in Pergamum at this time. Alternate translation: “where Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 166 | 2:13 | fxzt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | κρατεῖς τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | Here, **you hold tightly to my name** is a idiomatic expression meaning to firmly believe in the name of Jesus. Alternate translation: “you firmly believe in my name” or “you have a strong faith in my name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 167 | 2:13 | tf7c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus. See how you translated the phrase **my name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you hold tightly to me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 168 | 2:13 | x6j6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | οὐκ ἠρνήσω τὴν πίστιν μου | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **faith**, you can express it positively with the verb “believe.” Alternate translation: “you continued to tell people that you believe in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 169 | 2:13 | da1q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | τὴν πίστιν μου | 1 | Here, **{your} faith in me** means “your faith that places trust in me.” Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the faith that the Christians had in Jesus as the object of their belief. Alternate translation: “your belief in me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 170 | 2:13 | lu4b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ἀντιπᾶς | 1 | **Antipas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 171 | 2:13 | phzk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | ὁ μάρτυς μου ὁ πιστός μου | 1 | Here, **my witness, my faithful one** means that Antipas “faithfully testified of me.” Jesus is using the possessive form to describe Antipas as a faithful witness to Jesus himself. Antipas faithfully witnessed about Jesus even up to the point of death so that one can simply call Antipas a “martyr.” Alternate translation: “my faithful martyr” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 172 | 2:13 | xgge | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὃς ἀπεκτάνθη | 1 | Here, **who was killed** can be changed from the awkward passive form in some languages. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “whom those in your city killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 173 | 2:13 | biue | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd | παρ’ ὑμῖν | 1 | See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) | |
| 174 | 2:13 | v5lv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὅπου ὁ Σατανᾶς κατοικεῖ | 1 | Here, **where Satan lives** is an idiomatic expression that basically means where Satan rules. For this idiom and metaphorical imagery to describe Satan’s rule in Pergamum, see the note above for the phrase **the throne of Satan** in this same verse here. Alternate translation: “where Satan has power” or “where Satan rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 175 | 2:14 | wu6n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ ὀλίγα | 1 | See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md), although in this case there is no actual ellipsis technically speaking with the presence of the object **a few things**. Alternate translation: “I disapprove of you because of a few things you have done” or “I am angry with you because of a few things you did” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 176 | 2:14 | rd44 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν Βαλαάμ | 1 | Here, **hold tightly** is an idiomatic expression for either: (1) people who teach what **Balaam** taught. (2) people who do what **Balaam** taught. The second option seems preferable in this context for the metaphor, as seen in the UST rendition. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression in the target language. Alternate translation: “some who do the teaching of Balaam” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 177 | 2:14 | j3nc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | τῷ Βαλὰκ | 1 | **Balak** was the name of a king in the Old Testament (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 178 | 2:14 | hg4g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | βαλεῖν σκάνδαλον | 1 | Here, **to throw a stumbling block** is a metaphor for the act of leading and, thereby, causing people to sin. Therefore, this expression speaks of an action or behavior that leads people to sin as if it were a stone that sits in a road over which people stumble. The Greek word for **stumbling block** also can mean the trigger peg in an animal trap so that the phrase expresses the idea of setting a trap. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression in the target language. Alternate translation: “to set a trap” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 179 | 2:14 | mu6e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **food sacrificed to idols**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is sacrificed rather than the person who does the sacrificing. If you must state who does the sacrificing, you could use a vague or indefinite subject. Alternate translation: “the things that people have sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 180 | 2:14 | rvjm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα | 1 | Here, **to eat food sacrificed to idols** speaks of eating food dedicated to a pagan god so that Jews considered the food to be unclean and, thus, forbidden to eat. The phrase **food sacrificed to idols** describes animals that are slaughtered, offered to a god, and then eaten. If your language has a specific word or phrase for meat from an animal that has been offered to a god, you could use it here. If your language does not have such a word, you could use a descriptive phrase. Alternate translation: “meat from animals sacrificed to idols” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 181 | 2:14 | u19f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πορνεῦσαι | 1 | Here, **to be sexually immoral** literally means immoral sexual activity. Yet, often people take the expression as a metaphor that signifies idolatry. If the expression is indeed a metaphor, then one should translate the word literally. However, if this might confuse the readers, one could use an equivalent expression in the target language, one could express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “to sin sexually” or “to commit sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 182 | 2:15 | jmzp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | κρατοῦντας τὴν διδαχὴν | 1 | See how you the phrase **holding tightly to the teaching** in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “doing the teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 183 | 2:15 | hc85 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Νικολαϊτῶν | 1 | See how you translated **Nicolaitans** in [Revelation 2:6](../02/06.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 184 | 2:16 | f8dy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | εἰ δὲ μή | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can supply the verb from the previous phrase. Alternate translation: “If you do not repent, I” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 185 | 2:16 | qict | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔρχομαί | 1 | See how you translate this word in [Revelation 2:5](../02/05.md). Alternate translation: “I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 186 | 2:16 | fd6u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πολεμήσω | 1 | Here, **will wage war** expresses a metaphor for judgment that utilizes the imagery of a sword coming from the mouth of Jesus. The translator may wish to maintain a fairly literal rendition in order to allow the metaphor to work with the sword imagery in this verse and from the prior verses of [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Alternate translation: “I will punish” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 187 | 2:16 | j52q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ στόματός μου | 1 | This refers to the **sword** in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md) and [Revelation 2:12](../02/12.md). Although symbols in apocalyptic language are not normally to be replaced with the item they represent, translators may choose whether or not to show that this is a symbol which represents the words that Jesus speaks (see the UST). This symbol indicates that Jesus will defeat his enemies by giving a simple command. Alternate translation: “with the sword that is my mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 188 | 2:17 | lm1j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 189 | 2:17 | m867 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 190 | 2:17 | unnj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 191 | 2:17 | i61b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | τῷ νικῶντι | 1 | See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 192 | 2:17 | ngjb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τοῦ μάννα τοῦ κεκρυμμένου | 1 | If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **hidden manna**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is hidden rather than the person who does the hiding. If you must state who does the hiding, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “manna that I have hid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 193 | 2:17 | yeqt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ψῆφον λευκήν | 1 | Here, **a white stone** could signify a variety of different interpretive options which relate to the social context of Pergamum when John wrote the book of Revelation. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a white stone**. Hence, this note would suggest that the translator should not attempt to render **a white stone** in any way that seeks to be culturally relevant, since commentators are not exactly sure what the phrase signifies first in the original context here (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 194 | 2:17 | l59r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὄνομα καινὸν γεγραμμένον | 1 | Here, **a new name written** could mean the name of Jesus, the name of God, or else, more likely, the new name of the person who conquers. The translator should not choose any interpretation over another in this case, but simply maintain a fairly literal translation of the phrase **a new name written**. If your language does not use the passive form in this way for the word **written**, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Jesus uses the passive form here to focus on what is written rather than the person who does the writing. If you must state who does the writing, you could use an indefinite subject or Jesus himself (see the UST). Alternate translation: “a new name that I wrote” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 195 | 2:18 | b83m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Θυατείροις ἐκκλησίας γράψον | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Thyatira**. **Thyatira** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 196 | 2:18 | nd4m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῷ ἀγγέλῳ | 1 | See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 197 | 2:18 | j3xp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | τάδε λέγει | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 198 | 2:18 | q3w9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | ὁ Υἱὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | **Son of God** is an important title for Jesus (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 199 | 2:18 | zbx5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁ ἔχων τοὺς ὀφθαλμοὺς αὐτοῦ ὡς φλόγα πυρός | 1 | Here, Jesus has **eyes** that are full of light so that they resemble **a flame of fire**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “whose eyes glow like a flame of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 200 | 2:18 | p86i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὅμοιοι χαλκολιβάνῳ | 1 | People create objects of **bronze** and have them **polished** in order to make them shine and reflect light. Likewise, the feet of Jesus shine and reflect light like **polished bronze**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “whose feet are very shiny like polished bronze” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 201 | 2:19 | oum6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα | 1 | See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 202 | 2:19 | vj80 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd | σου τὰ ἔργα, καὶ τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου, καὶ τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων | 1 | See how you translated the second person pronouns and second person individuals addressed in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). If the singular form of the second person address and the second person references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) | |
| 203 | 2:19 | bx33 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **love**, **faith**, **service**, and **endurance**, you can express them with their corresponding verbs that describe the actions. Alternate translation: “how you have loved, trusted, served, and endured patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 204 | 2:19 | y2mu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τὴν ἀγάπην, καὶ τὴν πίστιν, καὶ τὴν διακονίαν, καὶ τὴν ὑπομονήν σου | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns in the clause then you can state the implied objects of these terms explicitly. Alternate translation: “how you have loved me and others, trusted me, served me and others, and endured troubles patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 205 | 2:19 | pi0k | τὰ ἔργα σου, τὰ ἔσχατα πλείονα τῶν πρώτων | 1 | Here, the clause **your last works {are} greater than {your} first {works}** presents a comparison of previous labor or efforts to the current labor or efforts of the believers. If your readers would misunderstand the noun **works**, you can express it with the verb “to work” or “to do”. Alternate translation: “you do more now than you did at first” | ||
| 206 | 2:20 | wbu1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | ἀλλ’ ἔχω κατὰ σοῦ | 1 | See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “But I disapprove of some of the things you are doing” or “But I am angry with you because of something you are doing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 207 | 2:20 | f6e8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὴν γυναῖκα Ἰεζάβελ | 1 | Jesus spoke of a certain **woman** in their church at Thyatira as if she were the famous Queen **Jezebel**, because she did the same kinds of sinful actions that Jezebel had done in the Old Testament. Alternate translation: “the woman who is just like Jezebel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 208 | 2:20 | mnom | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | πορνεῦσαι, καὶ φαγεῖν εἰδωλόθυτα | 1 | See how you translated a similar clause with the same phrases in [Revelation 2:14](../02/14.md). It is possible to interpret both phrases as metaphors for idolatry or sinful actions in general (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 209 | 2:21 | g7yh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal | ἔδωκα αὐτῇ χρόνον ἵνα μετανοήσῃ | 1 | Here, **I gave her time so that she might repent** represents a purpose clause. The word **so that** introduces a purpose clause. Jesus is stating a purpose for which he granted some time for the woman Jezebel to repent of her actions. Use a natural way in your language for introducing a purpose clause. Alternate translation: “I gave her time for the purpose of her repentance” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) | |
| 210 | 2:21 | rtai | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς | 1 | Here, **her immorality** expresses the idea of impure passion. The word **immorality** always applies to females. The manner of expressing female immorality varies greatly in many languages. Use a natural idiom for expressing female immorality in your target language (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 211 | 2:22 | kpoe | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 212 | 2:22 | twa2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην & εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην | 1 | Here, having Jezebel lie in **a bed** would be the result of Jesus making her very sick. The imagery of the bed is simply a metonym for the entire process of lying in bed when one is sick. The act of throwing someone into a bed causes the punishment to appear to be more intense and graphic in its idiomatic expression. Alternate translation: “I will make her lie sick in bed … I will make suffer greatly” or “I will make her very sick … I will make suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 213 | 2:22 | lj36 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | βάλλω αὐτὴν εἰς κλίνην, καὶ τοὺς μοιχεύοντας μετ’ αὐτῆς εἰς θλῖψιν μεγάλην | 1 | Here, Jesus speaks of causing people to suffer with the idiomatic expression of throwing them into suffering. The metaphor or idiomatic expression presents the imagery of causing suffering or hurt by the act of throwing someone into the suffering or hurt. Alternate translation: “I will throw her onto a bed, and I will make her and those who commit adultery with her to suffer greatly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 214 | 2:22 | g53b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐὰν μὴ μετανοήσουσιν ἐκ τῶν ἔργων αὐτῆς | 1 | This implies that they have participated with her in her wicked behavior. By repenting of **her deeds**, they also **repent** of participating in her behavior. Alternate translation: “if they do not repent from doing the evil that she does” or “if they do not repent of participating in her deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 215 | 2:23 | cn5s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς | 1 | Jesus spoke of the disciples of Jezebel as if they were **her children**. Alternate translation: “her followers” or “her disciples” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 216 | 2:23 | kx34 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τὰ τέκνα αὐτῆς ἀποκτενῶ ἐν θανάτῳ | 1 | Here, **I will strike her children dead** expresses the idea of killing the disciples of Jezebel. The phrase implies death by a swift and ruthless action. The idiomatic language suggests the idea of killing by means of a pestilence. Alternate translation: “I will slay her children” or “I will exterminate her children” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 217 | 2:23 | zm6t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | νεφροὺς καὶ καρδίας | 1 | The terms **kidneys** and **hearts** are metonyms that represents feelings and desires in the idiomatic language. Alternate translation: “what people think and want” or “secret thoughts and desires” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 218 | 2:23 | bgs9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | δώσω ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ | 1 | The phrase **I will give to each one of you** represents an idiomatic expression describing the distribution of punishment and reward. If this idiom might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will punish or reward each one of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 219 | 2:23 | fptd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd | ὑμῖν ἑκάστῳ κατὰ τὰ ἔργα ὑμῶν | 1 | See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) | |
| 220 | 2:24 | zqpg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd | ὑμῖν δὲ λέγω τοῖς λοιποῖς τοῖς ἐν Θυατείροις, ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην, οἵτινες οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰ βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ, ὡς λέγουσιν; οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος | 1 | See how you translated second person pronouns and references in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) | |
| 221 | 2:24 | tli6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὅσοι οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην | 1 | Here, to believe in a **teaching** is spoken of as to hold or to grasp the **teaching**. If this idiom might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “to everyone who does not believe this teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 222 | 2:24 | scu6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | οὐκ ἔχουσιν τὴν διδαχὴν ταύτην | 1 | Here, **teaching** is an abstract noun that your readers might misunderstand without the use of a verbal phrase. If this abstract noun would confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly with a verb. Alternate translation: “do not hold to what she teaches” or “do not believe what she teaches” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 223 | 2:24 | d5i9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὰ βαθέα | 1 | Here, the adjective **deep** describes matters that that the disciples of Jezebel consider to be profound and very important. The adherents to Jezebel’s instruction kept this type of subject matter secret which they also thought to be **deep** in the sense of important or profound. Alternate translation: “the secret things” or “the profound matters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 224 | 2:24 | y2t5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | τὰ βαθέα τοῦ Σατανᾶ | 1 | Jesus is using the possessive form to describe **the deep things** that Satan supposedly taught the disciples of Jezebel. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly with a verb. Alternate translation: “the deep things that Satan revealed to them” or “the deep things that Satan taught them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 225 | 2:24 | sgil | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος | 1 | Here, to **put any other burden** literally translates as “to throw another heavy load” onto someone to carry in a metaphorical manner. The phrase is an idiom for requiring another difficult command or burdensome order that one must perform besides already existing commands. If this might confuse your readers, you could use an equivalent expression or explicit language. Alternate translation: “I do not place any other burden on you” or “I do not impose any other burden upon you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 226 | 2:24 | ikkh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions | οὐ βάλλω ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς ἄλλο βάρος | 1 | Here, **other** refers to the phrase “what you have” in the next verse. In other words, Jesus is saying that he will not give these people any additional command beyond what they already have from him. If this is confusing or if it would appear in your language that Jesus was making a statement here and then contradicting it in the next verse, you could connect these ideas in a different way. If you do this, you will need to delete the word “However” in the next verse. Alternate translation: “the only burden I will put on you is this:” or “I will only burden you with obeying what I have already commanded you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-exceptions]]) | |
| 227 | 2:25 | tfzk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | πλὴν ὃ ἔχετε | 1 | Here, **what you have** refers to the commands that Jesus has already given to the believers in Thyatira. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “the commands that I have already given to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 228 | 2:25 | vgxm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | κρατήσατε | 1 | See how you translated the verb to **hold on tightly to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 229 | 2:26 | z5xi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὁ νικῶν | 1 | See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 230 | 2:26 | aiws | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τηρῶν | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 231 | 2:26 | v2e0 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | τὰ ἔργα μου | 1 | Here, **my works** does not refer to the things that Jesus does, but rather, it refers to the things he orders his disciples to do. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the works that I give to you” or “the works that I require of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 232 | 2:27 | c9gu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks | καὶ ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ, ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται | 1 | This entire verse is a loose citation or paraphrase of Psalm 2:8-9 in the Old Testament. The passage of Psalm 2:8-9 describes God promising to give the king of Israel authority over the entire world and its peoples. However, Jesus applies the passage of Psalm 2:8-9 here to those to whom he gives authority over all peoples and nations. It may be helpful to your readers to indicate that verse 2:27 is a quotation by setting off all of the words with quotation marks or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate a quotation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) | |
| 233 | 2:27 | e5kc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ | 1 | Here, **he will shepherd them with a rod of iron** expresses a metaphor that describes a king’s rule as if the king were a shepherd that punishes wrong with the threat of using an iron rod or staff. The symbol of an iron rod or staff indicates a rule that is so complete that the rule dominates all opposition to one’s dominion or power. If your readers would not understand what it means to rule as a shepherd with an iron rod, you could use an equivalent metaphor or idiom from your culture. Alternate translation: “he will rule them like a shepherd with a rod of iron” or “he will govern with a rod of iron” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 234 | 2:27 | ksl1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς τὰ σκεύη τὰ κεραμικὰ συντρίβεται | 1 | Here, breaking **jars of clay** to **pieces** is a simile that represents either: (1) destroying people who do wicked acts, or (2) defeating enemies who oppose the rule of Jesus. If this expression would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express this meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “as jars of clay are smashed into pieces” or “as jars of clay are shattered to pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 235 | 2:27 | w8pp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | συντρίβεται | 1 | Here, **are broken into pieces** expresses a passive sense in the passive form. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he will break them into pieces” or “he will smash them into pieces” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 236 | 2:28 | n9ts | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὡς κἀγὼ εἴληφα παρὰ τοῦ πατρός μου | 1 | Here, some languages may need to know what was **received**. This could mean: (1) he received **authority** from his Father. (2) He received the morning star from his Father. The second option is most likely, as reflected in the UST rendition of this verse. If such ambiguity might confuse your readers, you could express the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “as I also have received power from my Father” or “as I also have received dominion from my Father” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 237 | 2:28 | hr39 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ πατρός μου | 1 | Here, **my Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 238 | 2:28 | g5iy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὸν ἀστέρα τὸν πρωϊνόν | 1 | Here, **the morning star** represents a **star** that appears just before dawn and early in the **morning**. It was a symbol of victory since the context suggests that those who are victorious with Jesus shall rule with the authority of Jesus as victors. There is much debate as to what the symbol of **the morning star** means or signifies for the believer that is victorious with Jesus. This symbol could mean: (1) Lucifer or Satan, (2) the resurrection of a believer, (3) the King of Babylon, (4) the planet Venus as a symbol of victory, (5) the eternal life of the righteous, (6) the Holy Spirit, (7) Jesus Christ Himself, or (8) a symbolic image that represents the future rule of the believers and the righteous in the kingdom of Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 239 | 2:29 | ilk8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 240 | 2:29 | ikm8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 241 | 2:29 | y6m4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 242 | 3:intro | q1l9 | 0 | # Revelation 3 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\n### Outline of Chapters Two and Three of Revelation\n\nI. The Current Condition of the Churches (2:1-3:22)\n\nA. The Letter to Ephesus (2:1-7)\n\nB. The Letter to Smyrna (2:8-11)\n\nC. The Letter to Pergamum (2:12-17)\n\nD. The Letter to Thyatira (2:18-29)\n\nE. The Letter to Sardis (3:1-6)\n\nF. The Letter to Philadelphia (3:7-13)\n\nG. The Letter to Laodicea (3:14-22)\n\nChapters 2 and 3 together are usually called the “seven letters to the seven churches.” You may wish to set each letter apart. The reader can then easily see that they are separate letters.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verse 7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The personal knowledge that Jesus expresses about the churches\n\nJesus uses the phrase **I know** to express his personal familiarity and knowledge at times of some of the churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three. The phrase **I know** is an idiom for expressing knowledge of the present situation and the types of circumstances that the Christians experienced among the various churches mentioned in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation. The idiomatic expression **I know** indicates an assurance that Jesus understands the current conditions or circumstances in which the Christians were living. Although usually positive in a tone of assurance (see Revelation 2:2,9,13,19; 3:8), the phrase **I know** sometimes expresses a critical or negative assessment that Jesus affirms (see Revelation 3:1,15). Thus, the expression **I know** affirms more than simply a knowledge of circumstances on the part of Jesus, but the phrase also asserts a claim to be in a position to make a valid judgment as an impartial arbiter who might be critical at times. Therefore, the translator may wish to provide for his readership a textual note that explains the phrase **I know** as meaning something more than simply the awareness that Jesus has of the current religious, social, and moral conditions for the Christians which are addressed by Jesus (see Revelation chapters two and three). Alternate translation: “I am aware of the fact that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n### The use of the second person singular to refer to a plural group of people\n\nThe second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout chapters two and three of the book of Revelation are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. Technically, every message to each of the seven churches mentioned in Revelation chapters two and three are addressed to a singular, individual **angel**, so that one would naturally expect singular references in the language of the letters. Thus, many of the second person references in the verbs and the pronouns, although singular in their literal sense, are plural in their implied references to the believers of the church that receives the message in the letter. If the singular form of the second person address and the second person verbal references would not be natural in your language, then perhaps the translator could use the plural forms of the second person, or “you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]])\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Seven stars\n\nThese stars are the seven stars of [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Look, I am standing at the door and am knocking\n\nJesus speaks of his desire to have the Christians in Laodicea obey him as if he were a man asking people in a house to allow him to enter and eat with them ([Revelation 3:20](../rev/03/20.md)). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n### “Let the one who has an ear hear”\n\nJesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, the phrase **has an ear** presents a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey by association with the part of the body in which his listeners would have been receiving his teaching. Alternate translation: “Let the one who is willing to listen, listen to” or “The one who is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]])\n\nSince Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, then listen to” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]])\n\n### “what the Spirit says to the churches”\n\nHere, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The angel of the church”\n\nThe word **angel** here can also mean “messenger” or “representative.” This might refer to the messenger or a representative leader of the church. See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../rev/01/20.md).\n\n### “Says these things”\n\nThe verses with the phrase **says these things** can be difficult to translate. They do not make complete sentences. You may need to add “These are” to the beginning of these sentences. Jesus uses these words to speak of himself as if he were speaking of another person. Your language may not allow people to speak of themselves as if they were speaking of other people. Jesus began speaking in [Revelation 1:17](../rev/01/17.md). He continues to speak through the end of Chapter 3. The phrase **says these things** indicates that the words that come after this expression are a direct quotation. Use a phrase that makes this clear in your language. Alternate translation: “says this message” or “says the following words” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]])\n\n### “the one who conquers”\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression represents a metaphor comparing the Christian life to a military battle, in which the Christian overcomes the forces of evil and any difficult obstacles in warfare. Alternate translation: “the one who wins the victory” or “the one who overcomes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\nThe expression **the one who conquers** refers to anyone who is victorious by overcoming difficulties in the Christian life. The generic noun phrase **the one who conquers** occurs in Revelation chapters two and three often (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21). The expression is not specific to any one person, but can be applied to a plural entity or group of people. If the generic noun phrase would be misunderstood in your language, use a more natural phrase such as turning the singular word into a plural group reference. Alternate translation: “anyone who has the victory” or “those who have the victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |||
| 243 | 3:1 | k6b7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Σάρδεσιν ἐκκλησίας γράψον | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Sardis**. **Sardis** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 244 | 3:1 | u1zs | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῷ ἀγγέλῳ | 1 | See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 245 | 3:1 | ouys | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | τάδε λέγει | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 246 | 3:1 | un3c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα | 1 | The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits which serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 247 | 3:1 | lpfk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα | 1 | See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 248 | 3:1 | xtk2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὄνομα ἔχεις | 1 | Here, **name** is a metonym for the person who possesses the name. Essentially, the **name** represents the reputation of the person who has the name. See how you translated **name** in [Revelation 2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “you have a stature” or “you have a fame” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 249 | 3:1 | ty18 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ζῇς, καὶ νεκρὸς εἶ | 1 | Here, being **alive** is a metaphor for obeying and honoring God. However, being **dead** is a metaphor for disobeying and dishonoring God. In other words, honoring God is spoken of as being **alive**, while, on the other hand, disobeying and dishonoring God is described as being **dead**. If these expressions of a spiritual condition would confuse your readers, you could say the meaning of the metaphors plainly. Alternate translation: “you are obedient, but you are disobedient” or “you honor me, but you dishonor me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 250 | 3:2 | l7qg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | γίνου γρηγορῶν | 1 | Here, the command to **wake up** is a metaphor for the state of being alert or actively vigilant. In other words, being watchful or alert and vigilant is described by the action of waking up from sleep. If your readers would not understand what it means to **wake up** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a non-figurative way. Alternate translation: “Be alert!” or “Be awarel” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 251 | 3:2 | d8cw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | στήρισον τὰ λοιπὰ, ἃ ἔμελλον ἀποθανεῖν | 1 | Here, the **deeds** which the believers do are the same **works** mentioned in the previous verse. These **deeds** which the believers in Sardis do are described as if they were alive and also in danger of dying. Thus, **deeds** are referred to as if they were living persons or humans who live and die. If this figure of speech of personification might be confusing for your readers, you could express this meaning in a non-figurative or explicit way. Alternate translation: “complete the work that remains, which is about to prove futile” or “finish the work that remains, which is about to prove useless” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 252 | 3:2 | ja1g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | σου τὰ ἔργα | 1 | See how you translated this word **your deeds** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “your works” or “your actions” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 253 | 3:2 | jq58 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | Θεοῦ μου | 1 | Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **God** that Jesus possesses or claims has his own God. If this is not clear in your language, you could sasy the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the God I serve” or “the God I worship” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 254 | 3:3 | wcs4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | πῶς εἴληφας καὶ ἤκουσας | 1 | Here, this phrase **what you have received and heard** refers to God’s word or the teaching of God’s word which the believers had received and heard. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God’s word that you received and heard” or “the truth that you received and heard” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 255 | 3:3 | e324 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τήρει | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 256 | 3:3 | gwk8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐὰν & μὴ γρηγορήσῃς | 1 | Being alert to danger is spoken of as waking up in a metaphorical sense. See how you translated “wake up” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “If you are not alert” or “If you are not careful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 257 | 3:3 | ypw4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἥξω ὡς κλέπτης | 1 | Here, Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as a **thief** comes when he is not expected. The unexpected nature of the arrival of a thief is also explained in the following clause of this verse. However, if this simile would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent comparison or express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “I will come unexpectedly” or “I will come without warning” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 258 | 3:4 | bpg5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd | ἀλλὰ ἔχεις | 1 | The second person pronouns and the second person individuals addressed throughout this verse and throughout chapters two and three are often singular in their number, but they are plural in their references. See how you translated the second person pronouns and the second person individuals referenced in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “But there are a few of you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-youcrowd]]) | |
| 259 | 3:4 | fy7f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὀλίγα ὀνόματα | 1 | Here, the word **names** represent the people themselves as a metonym for the persons. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “a few people” or “a few persons” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 260 | 3:4 | imsu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer’s life as if they were dirty **clothes**. This figure of speech is a metaphor for how sin pollutes the life of a believer. Thus, to be holy or sacred to God relates to the imagery of what one wears as clothing or garments. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **stained** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternate translation: “have not made dirty their clothes” or “have not polluted their clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 261 | 3:4 | x2if | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οὐκ ἐμόλυναν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, Jesus describes sins in a believer’s life as if they were dirty **clothes**. The metaphor may be stated positively or negatively. Here, the original Greek phrase is negative, as in they **have not stained their clothes**. However, one can state this same idea positively to make the meaning explicit. If your language does not use the negative language of this form, you can state this in the positive form or in another way that makes the meaning explicit. Alternate translation: “have kept their clothes clean” or “who have kept themselves pure” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 262 | 3:4 | x48r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | περιπατήσουσιν μετ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | Here, the word to **walk** is a idiomatic expression that describes life or living. People commonly spoke of living as a **walk**. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “they will live with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 263 | 3:4 | w5t9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐν λευκοῖς | 1 | Clothes that are **white** represent a pure life without sin. The color of **white** also represents victory in eternal life, as stated in the next verse. If your readers do not understand what it means to be **white** in this context, you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “in purity” or “in victory” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 264 | 3:5 | v69e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὁ νικῶν | 1 | See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 265 | 3:5 | w5k4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | περιβαλεῖται ἐν ἱματίοις λευκοῖς | 1 | Here, one can translate the passive verb **clothed** as an active verb in contrast to the passive voice. If your language does not use the passive form in this way, you can state this in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “will wear white clothes” or “will dress themselves in white clothes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 266 | 3:5 | hmy4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | λευκοῖς | 1 | See how you translated this metaphor of the color **white** in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 267 | 3:5 | wn1x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οὐ μὴ ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **I will certainly not wipe his name out** refers to a denial of ever deleting, erasing, removing, blotting out, or wiping out a name in any way. Here, the translator should translate the idea of wiping out with whatever verb is most naturally applied to the process of removing someone’s name from a book or list of some sort. If your readers would not understand this idiom, you could use an equivalent idiom or use plain language. Alternate translation: “I will certainly not delete his name out” or “I will certainly not remove his name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 268 | 3:5 | yyu5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁμολογήσω τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here **I will confess his name** does not simply mean that Jesus will say the name of the person. Rather, the expression means that Jesus will announce that he possesses the person. In other words, Jesus will proclaim that the person belongs to Jesus himself. Here, **his name** refers to the person himself by the figure of a metonym. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “I will announce that he belongs to me” or “I will acknowledge that he is mine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 269 | 3:5 | bi3h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus in the trinity. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 270 | 3:5 | q22s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῶν ἀγγέλων αὐτοῦ | 1 | See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 271 | 3:6 | zxc7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 272 | 3:6 | k2k6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 273 | 3:6 | i49v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 274 | 3:7 | rf9b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Φιλαδελφίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Philadelphia**. **Philadelphia** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 275 | 3:7 | ksg4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῷ ἀγγέλῳ | 1 | See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 276 | 3:7 | xarn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | τάδε λέγει | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 277 | 3:7 | ih6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὴν κλεῖν Δαυείδ | 1 | Here, **the key** is a symbol of authority, power, or ability to control something, which, in this case, is the Messiah’s kingdom of King David. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of Jesus having keys for his kingdom occurs also in [Matthew 16:19](../16/19.md). As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: “the key of David’s authority” or “the key of David’s kingdom” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 278 | 3:7 | aam6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ὁ ἀνοίγων καὶ οὐδεὶς κλείσει, καὶ κλείων καὶ οὐδεὶς ἀνοίγει | 1 | Here, the phrase **the one who opens and no will shut, and he shuts and no one opens** expresses the authority, power, or ability to control the kingdom of King David by means of a merism. This merism lists the two opposite, extreme actions of authority by the analogy of opening and closing a door with a key, which are the the only two possibilities for action with a door. Jesus speaks of his authority as the Messiah to decide who may enter into his kingdom as if he possessed the key that King of David had to open and close the city gates of Jerusalem. The symbolic imagery of King David having a key for his kingdom to open and close doors also occurs in [Isaiah 22:22](../22/22.md). If this merism would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “the one who opens and no one can shut, and he shuts and no one can open” or “the one who opens and no one may shut, and he shuts and no one may open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 279 | 3:8 | k48c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα | 1 | See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 280 | 3:8 | t5hn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 281 | 3:8 | j1x7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | δέδωκα ἐνώπιόν σου θύραν ἠνεῳγμένην | 1 | Here, **an open door** represents a symbolic figure for an opportunity for service or for proclamation of the gospel message. The language may also indicate a symbolic figure for a free entrance into the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah to the readers of the letter. As the translator, you should not make the meaning of the figure explicit or attempt to specify the meaning of the symbolism beyond the plain or simple figure of the symbolic language. Alternate translation: “I have set before you an open door” or “I have placed before you an open door” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 282 | 3:8 | vp9n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἣν οὐδεὶς δύναται κλεῖσαι αὐτήν | 1 | See how you translated the word here **to shut** and the symbolic language of this clause in the previous verse. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 283 | 3:8 | h90i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | μικρὰν ἔχεις δύναμιν | 1 | Here, the phrase **you have little power** is an idiomatic expression that describes the social status of the believers as a community in Philadelphia. The Philadelphia assembly of believers had little influence or little social prestige in their community there in Philadelphia. As an idiomatic expression, one could say that the Philadelphia assembly had little power in their community or social context in the city of Philadelphia. If your readers do not understand what the idiom means in this context, you could use an equivalent idiom from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning of the idiom in a nonfigurative or plain way. Alternate translation: “you have little prestige” or “you do not have much power” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 284 | 3:8 | xyw6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐτήρησάς | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 285 | 3:8 | wsws | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | μου τὸν λόγον | 1 | Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or words that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke” or “my teaching” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 286 | 3:8 | b3kz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸ ὄνομά μου | 1 | Here, **my name** is a metonym for the person who has that name, which in this case, is Jesus. If your readers would not understand this metonym, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “me” or “the name that I have” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 287 | 3:9 | vfkb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ & ἰδοὺ | 1 | See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 288 | 3:9 | x78m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | συναγωγῆς τοῦ Σατανᾶ | 1 | Here, people who gather to obey or to honor **Satan** are spoken of as if they were in a **synagogue**. A **synagogue** is a place of worship and teaching for the Jewish people. See how you translated this same phrase in [Revelation 2:9](../02/09.md). In that verse and its context Jesus also declares there that certain Jewish people were not acting like true Jews as the representative people of God. The translator should retain here in this verse the metaphor and simply define the figure of speech of a **synagogue of Satan** in an explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 289 | 3:9 | q496 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | προσκυνήσουσιν | 1 | Here, to **bow down** in front of a person’s feet represents a sign of submission. Thus, the action of bowing down is not a symbolic gesture that figuratively expresses worship. On the contrary, the gesture of bowing down symbolizes respect or obeisance. If there is a gesture with similar meaning in your culture, you could consider using it here in your translation. Alternate translation: “bow down in submission” or “prostrate themselves” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 290 | 3:9 | ah4w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | ἐνώπιον τῶν ποδῶν σου | 1 | Here, **feet** represents the person or the people before whom these individuals from the **synagogue of Satan** bow down. If this figure of speech of synecdoche would be misunderstood in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your culture or plain language. Alternate translation: “before you” or “to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 291 | 3:10 | f9vi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐτήρησας & τηρήσω | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md) for the meaning of the first instance of the word in this verse. However, the second instance of this word in this verse has a special sense of keeping someone safe or protected from something that will cause harm or injury to them. Thus, there is a wordplay between two senses of keeping within this verse in this case here. The translator should attempt to maintain the wordplay in his translation of both instances of the word in this verse, as the UST maintains in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 292 | 3:10 | k8mb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | τὸν λόγον τῆς ὑπομονῆς μου | 1 | Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **word** or command that he spoke when he taught the believers in the city of Philadelphia. If this is not clear in your language, you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the word that I spoke about steadfastness” or “my teaching on steadfastness” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 293 | 3:10 | y577 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τῆς ὑπομονῆς | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **steadfastness**, you can express it with the verb “to endure.” See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:9](../01/09.md) and in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “to suffer patiently” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 294 | 3:10 | ql9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τῆς ὥρας | 1 | The translator may wish to explain that **hour** is not sixty minutes. Rather, the **hour** is a moment of time, or a time period, of testing. If this idiom is not clear in your language, then you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the time” or “the moment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 295 | 3:10 | gv5g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession | τῆς ὥρας τοῦ πειρασμοῦ | 1 | Jesus is using the possessive form to describe the **hour** as a time when God tests all of the world. The subject of **testing** is God who tests all people during the **hour** of great suffering. If it is not clear in your language that God is the one who tests the world, then you could say the meaning explicitly. Alternate translation: “the hour when God tests” or “the hour of God’s testing” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) | |
| 296 | 3:10 | e6bw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τῆς μελλούσης ἔρχεσθαι | 1 | Here, **to come** describes future being or existence. If your readers would not understand what it means for future existence **to come**, then you could use an equivalent metaphor from your culture. Alternatively, you could express the meaning in a nonfigurative way. Alternative translation: “that will occur” or “that is about to be” or “that is about to exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 297 | 3:11 | ih12 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἔρχομαι ταχύ | 1 | Here, **coming quickly** implies an arrival of Jesus to judge. It is understood that Jesus is **coming** in order to judge. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate the implicit meaning in an explicit way. Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge quickly” or “I am coming to judge soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 298 | 3:11 | n9a9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | κράτει ὃ ἔχεις | 1 | See how you translated the verb to **Hold fast to** in [Revelation 2:13](../02/13.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 299 | 3:11 | a4m5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὸν στέφανόν | 1 | Here, **crown** stands for a reward or a victory prize. See how you translated **crown** in [Revelation 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 300 | 3:12 | px36 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὁ νικῶν | 1 | See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 301 | 3:12 | xiwx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ποιήσω αὐτὸν στῦλον ἐν τῷ ναῷ τοῦ Θεοῦ μου | 1 | Jesus is speaking of victorious believers as if they were a **pillar** in the temple of God. Here, a **pillar** represents an important and permanent part of God’s kingdom. If it would be clearer in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “I will make him strong, like a pillar in the temple of my God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 302 | 3:13 | u5jk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 303 | 3:13 | ug5m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 304 | 3:13 | cm7r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 305 | 3:14 | r6bz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | καὶ τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν Λαοδικίᾳ ἐκκλησίας γράψον | 1 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the message to the angel of the church in **Laodicea**. **Laodicea** is the name of one of the seven churches, or seven assemblies of believers, which existed in southwestern Asia Minor when John wrote the book of Revelation. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:11](../01/11.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 306 | 3:14 | jg3b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τῷ ἀγγέλῳ | 1 | See how you translated **angel** in [Revelation 1:20](../01/20.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 307 | 3:14 | wzg9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations | τάδε λέγει | 1 | See how you translated the phrase **says these things** in [Revelation 2:1](../02/01.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-quotations]]) | |
| 308 | 3:14 | f65v | ὁ Ἀμήν | 1 | Here, **The Amen** is a name for Jesus Christ. He guarantees God’s promises by saying amen to them. | ||
| 309 | 3:14 | btv1 | ἡ ἀρχὴ τῆς κτίσεως τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, **the beginning of the creation of God** could refer to: (1) the one who rules over everything that God created. (2) the one through whom God created everything. | ||
| 310 | 3:15 | pf9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὔτε ψυχρὸς εἶ οὔτε ζεστός | 1 | The writer speaks of the Laodiceans as if they were water. Here, **cold** and **hot** could: (1) represent two extremes of spiritual interest or love for God, where “cold” is to be completely against God, and to be “hot” is to be zealous to serve him. (2) both refer to water that is useful for drinking or for cooking or healing, respectively. Alternate translation: “you are like water that is neither cold nor hot” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 311 | 3:15 | c60l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | οἶδά σου τὰ ἔργα | 1 | See how you translated the clause **I know your works** in [Revelation 2:2](../02/02.md). Alternate translation: “I am aware of what you have done” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 312 | 3:16 | y9vt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | μέλλω σε ἐμέσαι ἐκ τοῦ στόματός μου | 1 | Rejecting them is spoken of as vomiting them **out of** the **mouth**. Alternate translation: “I will reject you as I would spit out lukewarm water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 313 | 3:17 | v1pj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | σὺ εἶ ὁ ταλαίπωρος, καὶ ἐλεεινὸς, καὶ πτωχὸς, καὶ τυφλὸς, καὶ γυμνός | 1 | Jesus speaks of their spiritual condition as if he were speaking about their physical condition. Alternate translation: “you are like people who are most miserable, pitiable, poor, blind, and naked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 314 | 3:18 | tmm7 | ἀγοράσαι παρ’ ἐμοῦ χρυσίον πεπυρωμένον ἐκ πυρὸς, ἵνα πλουτήσῃς, καὶ ἱμάτια λευκὰ, ἵνα περιβάλῃ, καὶ μὴ φανερωθῇ ἡ αἰσχύνη τῆς γυμνότητός σου, καὶ κολλούριον ἐγχρῖσαι τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς σου, ἵνα βλέπῃς | 1 | Here, **to buy** represents receiving things from Jesus that have true spiritual value. The **gold refined by fire** represents spiritual wealth. The **brilliant white garments** represents righteousness. And the **salve to anoint your eyes** represents the ability to understand spiritual things. Alternate translation: “to come to me and receive spiritual wealth, which is more valuable than gold that is refined by fire. Receive from me righteousness, which is like brilliant white garments, so that you will not be ashamed. And receive from me wisdom, which is like salve for the eyes, so that you may understand spiritual things” (See: rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor) | ||
| 315 | 3:19 | sf66 | ζήλευε & καὶ μετανόησον | 1 | Alternate translation: “be serious and repent” | ||
| 316 | 3:20 | e6f7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 317 | 3:20 | i7gy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἕστηκα ἐπὶ τὴν θύραν καὶ κρούω | 1 | Jesus speaks about wanting people to relate to him as if he wanted them to invite him into their home. Alternate translation: “I am like one standing at the door and knocking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 318 | 3:20 | sr5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | κρούω | 1 | When people want someone to welcome them into their home, they **knock** on the door. Alternate translation: “I want you to let me come inside” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 319 | 3:20 | m6n2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἀκούσῃ τῆς φωνῆς μου | 1 | Here, **my voice** refers to Christ speaking. Alternate translation: “hears me speak” or “hears me call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 320 | 3:20 | di8q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | καὶ εἰσελεύσομαι πρὸς αὐτὸν | 1 | Some languages might prefer the verb “go” here. Alternate translation: “I will indeed go into his home” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 321 | 3:20 | une1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | καὶ δειπνήσω μετ’ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **eat with him** represents being together as friends. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 322 | 3:21 | h9pf | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis is the end of the Son of Man’s messages to the angels of the seven churches. | ||
| 323 | 3:21 | n83q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun | ὁ νικῶν | 1 | See how you translated this generic noun phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). For the metaphorical expression **one who conquers** that occurs often in chapters two and three of the book of Revelation (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 26; 3:5, 12, 21), please see the explanatory note for this generic noun phrase **one who conquers** in the chapter two introduction. Alternate translation: “anyone who conquers” or “all who conquer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-genericnoun]]) | |
| 324 | 3:21 | mn2c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | καθίσαι μετ’ ἐμοῦ ἐν τῷ θρόνῳ μου | 1 | To **sit down** on a **throne** means to rule. Alternate translation: “to rule with me” or “to sit down on my throne and rule with me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 325 | 3:21 | un17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρός μου | 1 | Here, **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 326 | 3:22 | m13x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 327 | 3:22 | mjv6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | ὁ ἔχων οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md) (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 328 | 3:22 | vnr6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τὸ Πνεῦμα | 1 | Here, **the Spirit** most likely refers to God’s Spirit, or simply the Holy Spirit of God’s triune nature, in contrast to the spirit of the writer or author which one finds in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). In other words, the Holy Spirit addresses the messages and contents of each letter written to each of the seven churches which are addressed in chapters two and three (see Revelation 2:7, 11, 17, 29: 3:6, 13, 22). See the chapter introductions for chapter two and for chapter three to read this same same explanatory note. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 329 | 4:intro | cl9f | 0 | # Revelation 4 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 8 and 11.\n\nJohn has finished describing the letters to the churches. He now begins to describe a vision that God showed him.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Jasper, carnelian, and emerald\n\nThese words refer to kinds of special stones that the people in John’s day considered valuable. It may be difficult for you to translate these words if people in your culture do not value special kinds of stones.\n\n### Twenty-four elders\n\nElders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n### Giving glory to God\n\nGod’s glory is the great beauty and radiant majesty that God has because he is God. Other Bible writers describe it as if it were a light so bright that no one can look at it. No one can give God this kind of glory, because it is already his. When people give glory to God or when God receives glory, people say that God has the glory that is his, that it is right for God to have that glory, and that people should worship God because he has that glory. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/glory]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worthy]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Difficult images\n\nSuch things as bolts of lightning coming from the throne, lamps that are spirits, and a sea in front of the throne may be difficult to imagine, and so the words for them may be difficult to translate. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]]) | |||
| 330 | 4:1 | ws2q | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe his vision of the throne of God. | ||
| 331 | 4:1 | vh4i | μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:1-3:22](../02/01.md) Alternate translation: “After I had just seen these things” | ||
| 332 | 4:1 | suqj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 333 | 4:1 | z8r8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | θύρα ἠνεῳγμένη ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ | 1 | The expression **open door in heaven** stands for the ability that God gave John to see into heaven, at least by means of a vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 334 | 4:1 | a49s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς σάλπιγγος λαλούσης μετ’ ἐμοῦ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state explicitly how the voice was **like a trumpet**. Alternate translation: “speaking to me loudly like the sound of a trumpet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 335 | 4:1 | j713 | σάλπιγγος | 1 | A **trumpet** is a instrument for producing music or for calling people to gather together for an announcement or meeting. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). | ||
| 336 | 4:2 | ie3w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐγενόμην ἐν Πνεύματι | 1 | John speaks of being influenced by God’s **Spirit** as if he were **in the Spirit**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:10](../01/10.md). Alternate translation: “I was influenced by the Spirit” or “the Spirit influenced me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 337 | 4:2 | nmlw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See how you translated **behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). Here, it is more natural to avoid the usual “pay attention” in the UST. The translator should probably be less literal in the translation here of **behold** due to the unique context (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 338 | 4:3 | m4mi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | λίθῳ, ἰάσπιδι καὶ σαρδίῳ | 1 | The terms **jasper** and **carnelian** refer to valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal, and carnelian may have been red. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 339 | 4:3 | aap1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σμαραγδίνῳ | 1 | An **emerald** is a green, valuable stone. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 340 | 4:4 | b695 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | εἴκοσι τέσσαρας πρεσβυτέρους | 1 | Interpreters debate the symbolic meaning of **24** as the number of the elders. The symbolic significance of the term **elders** is also debated, but it probably indicates the church or the people of God at the time that John wrote the book of Revelation. In this sense, the leaders of the church represent the church or the saints that comprise the church. Alternate translation: “24 church leaders” or “24 older saints” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 341 | 4:5 | ryb1 | ἀστραπαὶ | 1 | Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. | ||
| 342 | 4:5 | u1da | φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί | 1 | Here, **rumblings** are the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. | ||
| 343 | 4:5 | e1jm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 344 | 4:6 | ja33 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | θάλασσα ὑαλίνη | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this metaphor, you can state how it was like **glass** or a **sea**. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass is spoken of as if it were a sea. Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 345 | 4:6 | cv9p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁμοία κρυστάλλῳ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how it was **like crystal**. Alternate translation: “clear as crystal” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 346 | 4:6 | fr7x | ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ κύκλῳ τοῦ θρόνου | 1 | Alternate translation: “immediately around the throne” or “close to the throne and around it” | ||
| 347 | 4:6 | b66k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τέσσαρα ζῷα | 1 | Interpreters debate what the symbolic significance of **four** and of **living creatures** precisely is. The translator should keep the phrase literal and allow the symbolic significance to stand in the translation or rendition. Alternate translation: “four animate beings” or “four living things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 348 | 4:7 | d84n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | τὸ ζῷον τὸ πρῶτον ὅμοιον λέοντι, καὶ τὸ δεύτερον ζῷον ὅμοιον μόσχῳ, καὶ τὸ τρίτον ζῷον ἔχων τὸ πρόσωπον ὡς ἀνθρώπου, καὶ τὸ τέταρτον ζῷον ὅμοιον ἀετῷ πετομένῳ | 1 | How the head of each **living creature** appeared to John is expressed as a comparison with something more familiar. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 349 | 4:7 | b9tx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ζῷον | 1 | See how you translated **living creature** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 350 | 4:8 | n8g2 | κυκλόθεν καὶ ἔσωθεν γέμουσιν ὀφθαλμῶν | 1 | The top and bottom of each wing was covered with **eyes**. | ||
| 351 | 4:8 | y1u5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ ἐρχόμενος | 1 | Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 352 | 4:9 | tljo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὰ ζῷα | 1 | See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 353 | 4:9 | xj6b | τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ, τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων | 1 | This is one person. The **one who sits on the throne** lives forever and ever. | ||
| 354 | 4:9 | a19z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων | 1 | These two words mean about the same thing and are repeated for emphasis. Alternate translation: “for all eternity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 355 | 4:10 | c2vg | πεσοῦνται | 1 | They purposely lie down facing the ground to show that they are worshiping. | ||
| 356 | 4:10 | s4mw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | πρεσβύτεροι | 1 | See how you translated **elders** in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 357 | 4:10 | sly8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | βαλοῦσιν τοὺς στεφάνους αὐτῶν ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου | 1 | The elders were respectfully placing the **crowns** on the ground, showing that they were submitting to God’s authority to rule. Alternate translation: “they lay their crowns before the throne to show that they were submitting to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 358 | 4:10 | wvf9 | βαλοῦσιν | 1 | This could refers to: (1) placing something. (2) throwing down forcibly, as of something worthless ([Revelation 2:22](../02/22.md)). The reader should understand that the elders are acting respectfully. | ||
| 359 | 4:11 | idj1 | ὁ Κύριος καὶ ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν | 1 | Here, **our Lord and God** is one person, the one who was sitting on the throne. | ||
| 360 | 4:11 | q91l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | λαβεῖν τὴν δόξαν καὶ τὴν τιμὴν καὶ τὴν δύναμιν | 1 | Here, **the glory and the honor and the power** are things that God always has. Being praised for having them is spoken of as receiving them. Alternate translation: “to be praised for your glory, honor, and power” or “for everyone to praise you because you are glorious, honorable, and powerful” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 361 | 5:intro | g7ey | 0 | # Revelation 5 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this in verses 9-13.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Sealed scroll\n\nKings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, “the one who was seated on the throne” had written the scroll. Only the person called “the Lion of the tribe of Judah, the Root of David” and “the Lamb” had the authority to open it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/scroll]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/authority]])\n\n### Twenty-four elders\n\nElders are church leaders. Twenty-four elders may be symbolic of the whole church through the ages. There were twelve tribes in Old Testament Israel and twelve apostles in the New Testament church. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Christian prayers\n\nThe prayers of Christians are described as incense. Christian prayers have a good smell to God. He is pleased when Christians pray.\n\n### Seven spirits of God\n\nThese spirits are the seven spirits of [Revelation 1:4](../rev/01/04.md).\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nThe “Lion of the tribe of Judah” and the “Root of David” are metaphors that refer to Jesus. Jesus descended from the tribe of Judah and the family of David. Lions are fierce, and all animals and people are afraid of them, so they are a metaphor for a king whom everyone obeys. The words **Root of David** speak of Israel’s King David as if he were a seed that God had planted and of Jesus as if he were a root growing from that seed. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |||
| 362 | 5:1 | txr5 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn continues to describe what he saw in his vision of the throne of God. | ||
| 363 | 5:1 | w3yi | καὶ εἶδον | 1 | Alternate translation: “After I saw those things, I saw” | ||
| 364 | 5:1 | u3br | τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ θρόνου | 1 | This is the same **one** as in [Revelation 4:2-3](../04/02.md). | ||
| 365 | 5:1 | yhm3 | βιβλίον, γεγραμμένον ἔσωθεν καὶ ὄπισθεν | 1 | Alternate translation: “a scroll with writing on the front and the back” | ||
| 366 | 5:1 | aj7m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | κατεσφραγισμένον σφραγῖσιν ἑπτά | 1 | Here, **seven seals** represents seven pieces of wax that secured documents closed. Melted wax was used to seal letters or other documents that needed to be protected. When the wax cooled and hardened, the letter could not be opened without breaking the wax seal. The person who received the letter would see the unbroken seal and know that no one had opened it. Alternate translation: “and it had seven seals keeping it closed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 367 | 5:2 | r2vt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events | τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ? | 1 | Someone would need to break the **seals** in order **to open the scroll**. Alternate translation: “Who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) | |
| 368 | 5:2 | v4r4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς ἄξιος ἀνοῖξαι τὸ βιβλίον, καὶ λῦσαι τὰς σφραγῖδας αὐτοῦ? | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can translate it as a statement: “Show us who is worthy to break the seals and open the scroll!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 369 | 5:3 | lj9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς | 1 | Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. In other words, the entire clause represents the following: the place where God and the angels live, the place where people and animals live, and the place where those who have died are. Alternate translation: “anywhere in heaven or on the earth or under the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 370 | 5:5 | dm5p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἰδοὺ | 1 | See how you translated **Behold** in [Revelation 1:7](../01/07.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 371 | 5:5 | dohb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | See how you translated **elders** in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 372 | 5:5 | j67w | ὁ λέων ὁ ἐκ τῆς φυλῆς Ἰούδα | 1 | This is a title for the man **from the tribe of Judah** that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “The one who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” or “The king who is called the Lion of the tribe of Judah” | ||
| 373 | 5:5 | b6wg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ λέων | 1 | The king is spoken of as if he were a **Lion** because a lion is very strong. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 374 | 5:5 | i89j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ | 1 | This is a title for the descendant of **David** that God had promised would be the great king. Alternate translation: “the one who is called the Root of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 375 | 5:5 | z3vw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡ ῥίζα Δαυείδ | 1 | The descendant is spoken of as if David’s family were a tree and he were a root of that tree. Alternate translation: “the Descendant of David” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 376 | 5:6 | v99j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἐν μέσῳ τοῦ θρόνου καὶ τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων καὶ ἐν μέσῳ τῶν πρεσβυτέρων, Ἀρνίον ἑστηκὸς | 1 | # General Information:\n\nHere, **in the middle of** describes a setting in which **the four living creatures** surround the central throne for the **Lamb** that exists in the center of the imagery or vision. The **elders** are sitting on thrones that also surround the central throne and **the four living creatures**. However, **the elders** are further out and even more removed in terms of relative space from the center of the throne for the **Lamb** than are the **the four living creatures**. Where the **Lamb** is standing in relation to **the throne** is not entirely clear and should not be translated very specifically. Thus, the translator should avoid specifying the exact details of where the **Lamb** stands in his relative location with **the throne**. If this spatial relationship is confusing in your language, then the translator might give a less confusing description by stating generally that the **Lamb** was standing near or at the throne. Alternate translation: “near the throne and the four living creatures and the elders” or “close to the throne and the four living creatures and the elders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 377 | 5:6 | zkxf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων | 1 | See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 378 | 5:6 | uegz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | See how you translated **elders** in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 379 | 5:6 | du51 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | Ἀρνίον | 1 | Here, **Lamb** symbolically refers Jesus as a sacrifice. The translator should not change the symbol of the **Lamb** as a picture of sacrifice. Alternate translation: “male sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 380 | 5:6 | o15q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὡς ἐσφαγμένον | 1 | Here, **as though having been killed** translates a passive verb phrase that literally means “having been slain”. Thus, the passive verb phrase expresses the fact that the Lamb, although he was alive or living, actually had marks or cuts which indicated that he had died or was killed by others. If your language does not use the passive verb form in this way, you can state this witha an active verb form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as though someone had killed him” or “as though someone had murdered him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 381 | 5:6 | oz6y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | κέρατα ἑπτὰ καὶ ὀφθαλμοὺς ἑπτά | 1 | The number **seven** is often used in the Bible as a symbol for completeness and perfection. See how you translated **seven** as a symbolic number in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 382 | 5:6 | erg2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὰ ἑπτὰ πνεύματα τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | The number **seven** is a symbol of completeness and perfection. The **seven spirits** refers either to the Spirit of God or to seven spirits who serve God. See how you translated this symbolic phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 383 | 5:6 | t7d1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀπεσταλμένοι εἰς πᾶσαν τὴν γῆν | 1 | If your language does not use a passive form like **sent out** here, then you can translate the passive expression with an active verb. Alternate translation: “which God sent out into all the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 384 | 5:7 | egp6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go | ἦλθεν | 1 | He approached the throne. Some languages may use the verb “to go” with a form equivalent to the phrase “he went.” Use whichever verb is more natural in you language. Alternate translation: “he went” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) | |
| 385 | 5:7 | fkax | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐκ τῆς δεξιᾶς | 1 | See the explicit mention of **the scroll** in the next verse in [Revelation 5:8](../05/08.md). Alternate translation: “it from the right hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 386 | 5:8 | l8a3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα | 1 | See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 387 | 5:8 | hals | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | πρεσβύτεροι | 1 | See how you translated **elders** in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 388 | 5:8 | e3fh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 389 | 5:8 | uv6w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἕκαστος | 1 | Here, **each one** could refer to: (1) each one of the elders and living creatures, or, (2) solely each one of the elders. The translator should not make the references explicit since the persons or characters are not clearly identified in the Greek language. Alternate translation: “everyone” or “all” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 390 | 5:8 | qak6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | θυμιαμάτων | 1 | Here, **incense** symbolizes the **prayers** of the **saints** to God. Alternate translation: “aromatic herbs” or “aromatic resins” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 391 | 5:9 | voro | ἄξιος | 1 | See how you translated **worthy** in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). | ||
| 392 | 5:9 | yu7h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐσφάγης | 1 | Here, **you were slaughtered** is a passive verbal phrase that can be turned into an active verbal expression. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “they slaughtered you” or “people killed you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 393 | 5:9 | qtv5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου | 1 | Here, **blood** is a metonym that substitutes for blood. The phrase **with your blood** can mean “by your death” or “by dying.” Since **blood** represents a person’s life, losing the blood represents a death or the act of dying. If your readers would not understand this, you could use an equivalent expression or plain language. Alternate translation: “with your death” or “with your act of dying.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 394 | 5:9 | zzc7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany | ἐκ πάσης φυλῆς, καὶ γλώσσης, καὶ λαοῦ, καὶ ἔθνους | 1 | The clause **from every tribe and tongue and people and nation** represents a litany. The list in this litany represents all **people** of the earth and includes every ethnic group that the world contains. Use words in your language that someone would use to include all types of people, races, and ethnic groups which inhabit the world. Alternate translation: “from every ethnic group and tongue and people and nation” or “from every tribe and tongue and race and nation.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-litany]]) | |
| 395 | 5:10 | wn87 | βασιλείαν καὶ ἱερεῖς | 1 | See how you translated **kingdom** and **priests** in [Revelation 1:6](../01/06.md). | ||
| 396 | 5:11 | xuy1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | μυριάδες μυριάδων καὶ χιλιάδες χιλιάδων | 1 | Here, **myriads** and **thousands** refer to numbers that represent so many in their number that people cannot count them. The numbers **myriads** and **thousands** simply mean numbers that are so great that they are countless. If people will not understand these numbers in your target language, then you can simply use natural expressions in your language for numbers that are so great that one cannot count them. Use expressions in your language that show huge numbers that are difficult to count. Alternate translation: “millions” or “too many thousands to count” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 397 | 5:12 | m6hy | ἄξιόν | 1 | See how you translated **Worthy** in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). | ||
| 398 | 5:12 | xzbc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὸ Ἀρνίον | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 399 | 5:12 | gnv1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | λαβεῖν | 1 | Here, **to receive** may be expressed with an active form in contrast to the passive. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. See how you translated **to receive** in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 400 | 5:12 | w0dv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | λαβεῖν τὴν δύναμιν, καὶ πλοῦτον, καὶ σοφίαν, καὶ ἰσχὺν, καὶ τιμὴν, καὶ δόξαν, καὶ εὐλογίαν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand these abstract nouns, you can express them as verbs. See how you translated a similar sentence in [Revelation 4:11](../04/11.md). Alternate translation: “for everyone to honor, glorify, and praise him because he is powerful, wealthy, wise, and strong” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 401 | 5:13 | sad6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ, καὶ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς, καὶ ὑποκάτω τῆς γῆς | 1 | Here, the entire clause and all of its descriptions of parts of the cosmos or universe represent a merism. Essentially, the entire clause means everywhere. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:3](../05/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 402 | 5:13 | l2sn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τῷ Ἀρνίῳ | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 403 | 5:14 | j2f3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἀμήν! | 1 | See how you translated **Amen** in [Revelation 1:6](../01/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 404 | 6:intro | zkn7 | 0 | # Revelation 6 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe author describes what happened after the Lamb opens each of the first six seals. The Lamb does not open the seventh seal until Chapter 8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven Seals\n\nKings and important people in John’s time wrote important documents on large pieces of paper or animal skin. They then rolled them up and sealed them with wax so they would stay closed. Only the person to whom the document was written had the authority to open it by breaking the seal. In this chapter, the Lamb opens the seals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### The Four Horsemen\n\nAs the Lamb opens each of the first four seals, the author describes horsemen riding different colored horses. The colors of the horses seem to symbolize how the rider will affect the earth.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Lamb\n\nThis refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/lamb]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Similes\n\nIn verses 12-14, the author uses several similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |||
| 405 | 6:1 | q571 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὸ Ἀρνίον | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 406 | 6:1 | g13d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | μίαν ἐκ τῶν ἑπτὰ | 1 | If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the initial of the seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 407 | 6:1 | i392 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τῶν ἑπτὰ σφραγίδων | 1 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nSee how you translated **seven seals** in [Revelation 5:1](../05/01.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 408 | 6:1 | v9td | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς φωνῇ βροντῆς | 1 | Here, **one of the living creatures** speaks with a very loud voice. John is using **thunder** figuratively in a simile to mean a very loud noise for the voice. Alternate translation: “as with a noise of thunder” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 409 | 6:2 | t2qg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στέφανος | 1 | Here, **to him was given a crown** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “he received a crown” or “God gave him a crown” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 410 | 6:3 | bs66 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν δευτέραν | 1 | The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 411 | 6:3 | i1p4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τοῦ δευτέρου ζῴου | 1 | The word **second** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 412 | 6:4 | w57m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπ’ αὐτὸν, ἐδόθη αὐτῷ | 1 | Here, **to the one sitting on it was granted to him** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave permission to its rider” or “its rider received permission” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 413 | 6:4 | je64 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτῷ μάχαιρα μεγάλη | 1 | Here, **to him was given a huge sword** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “this rider received a huge sword” or “God gave this rider a huge sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 414 | 6:5 | v4us | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τρίτην | 1 | The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 415 | 6:5 | zec1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τοῦ τρίτου ζῴου | 1 | The word **third** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number three” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 416 | 6:5 | rm4y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ζυγὸν | 1 | Here, **a pair of scales** is a tool that people utilize to weigh scarce food. Most likely **a pair of scales** was a weighing device which included two round plates or bowls hanging by ropes to a pole which the rider holds in his hand. Translators should maintain the imagery of the ancient tool and not describe modern systems for weighing things. Alternate translation: “a pair of balances” or “a pair of weights” or “balancing scales” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 417 | 6:6 | b5rr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume | χοῖνιξ σίτου & τρεῖς χοίνικες κριθῶν | 1 | A **choenix** was a specific measure that was about one liter. The plural of **choenix** is “choenices.” Alternate translation: “one quart of wheat … three quarts of barley” or “one bowl of wheat … three bowls of barley” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bvolume]]) | |
| 418 | 6:6 | v3sn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney | δηναρίου & δηναρίου | 1 | The **denarius** was a coin that was worth a day’s wages. A denarius was a silver coin equivalent to a day’s wage. You could try to express this amount in terms of current monetary values, but that might cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate, since those values can change over time. So instead you might state something more general or give the equivalent in wages. Alternate translation: “one silver coin” or “the pay for one day of work” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) | |
| 419 | 6:6 | c5ik | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸ ἔλαιον καὶ τὸν οἶνον | 1 | The **oil** and the **wine** probably stand for the olive oil harvest and the grape harvest. In other words, **the oil and the wine** figuratively represent olive oil and grape harvest. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly.Alternate translation: “the olive and the grape” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 420 | 6:7 | mu5f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν τετάρτην | 1 | The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 421 | 6:7 | zj87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τοῦ τετάρτου ζῴου | 1 | The word **fourth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another living creature” or “the next living creature” or “living creature number four” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 422 | 6:8 | t7y4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate | ὁ Θάνατος, καὶ ὁ ᾍδης | 1 | See how you translated **Death** and **Hades** in [Revelation 1:18](../01/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |
| 423 | 6:8 | qlly | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἐξουσία | 1 | Here, **authority was given to them** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave the authority to them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 424 | 6:8 | aj1h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction | τὸ τέταρτον τῆς γῆς | 1 | Here, **one-fourth** means one part out of four equal parts. Alternate translation: “one out of every four of the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 425 | 6:8 | df32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῆς γῆς | 1 | Here, **the earth** represents the people of the earth. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “one-fourth of the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 426 | 6:8 | tjw8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ῥομφαίᾳ | 1 | Here, **sword** represents war. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 427 | 6:9 | bv8r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τὴν πέμπτην σφραγῖδα | 1 | The word **fifth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number five” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 428 | 6:9 | b2kp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τῶν ἐσφαγμένων | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “those whom others had killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 429 | 6:9 | x1yr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν ἣν εἶχον | 1 | Here, **held** is a metaphor. Here, holding **the testimony** could refer to: (1) believing God’s word and testimony. Alternate translation: “because of the scriptures and what they taught about Jesus Christ” or “because they believed the word of God, which is his testimony” (2) testifying about the word of God. Alternate translation: “because they testified about the word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 430 | 6:9 | tqdd | τὴν μαρτυρίαν | 1 | See how you translated **the testimony** in [Revelation 1:2](../01/02.md). | ||
| 431 | 6:10 | qz1i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸ αἷμα ἡμῶν | 1 | Here, **blood** represents the deaths of these believers. If it would be helpful in your language, you could use an equivalent expression from your language or state the meaning plainly. Alternative translation: “those who killed us” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 432 | 6:11 | x3a9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς ἑκάστῳ στολὴ λευκή | 1 | Here, **to each of them was given a white robe** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God gave to each of them a white robe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 433 | 6:11 | jppt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | καὶ ἐρρέθη αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here, **and they were told** might be expressed with an active verbal phrase. If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “God told them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 434 | 6:11 | bq1p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἕως πληρωθῶσιν καὶ οἱ σύνδουλοι αὐτῶν, καὶ οἱ ἀδελφοὶ αὐτῶν, οἱ μέλλοντες ἀποκτέννεσθαι ὡς καὶ αὐτοί | 1 | This entire clause implies that God had decided that a certain number of people should **be killed** by their enemies. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until people had killed the full number of their fellow servants and brothers that they were going to kill” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 435 | 6:11 | p615 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ ἀδελφοὶ | 1 | Here, **brothers** mean “fellow believers in Jesus.” Christians are often spoken of as being one another’s **brothers**. Females were among those spoken of here. Alternate translation: “fellow Christians” or “fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 436 | 6:12 | z9qm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἕκτην | 1 | The word **sixth** is an ordinal number. If your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here or an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “another seal” or “the next seal” or “seal number six” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 437 | 6:12 | g9dm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σεισμὸς μέγας | 1 | Here, **a great earthquake** is a natural disaster in which the ground shakes from geological movement. Your language and culture may have a term for an **earthquake** that you can use in your translation. You could also explain the meaning of the term **earthquake**, as UST does. Alternate translation: “a great shaking of the ground” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 438 | 6:12 | xu8l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | μέλας ὡς σάκκος | 1 | Here, **sackcloth** is clothing for mourning that is made from black hair. People would wear **sackcloth** when they were mourning. The image of **sackcloth** is meant to lead people to think of death and mourning just like the color of black also evokes imagery of death and mourning. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can explain that **sackcloth** is clothing made for mourning explicitly. Alternate translation: “black as mourning clothing” or “dark like sackcloth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 439 | 6:12 | g7rt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς αἷμα | 1 | Here, the moon is like **blood** because the color of the moon changes to a dark red color. If your readers would misunderstand this simile, you can state how the moon is like blood explicitly. Alternate translation: “red like blood” or “as red as blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 440 | 6:13 | s137 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς, ὑπὸ ἀνέμου μεγάλου σειομένη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “just as a stormy wind shakes a fig tree and causes it to drop its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 441 | 6:13 | lkff | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς συκῆ βάλλει τοὺς ὀλύνθους αὐτῆς | 1 | Here, the stars in the sky fall like immature figs fall from a fig tree during a storm. If your readers would misunderstand this simile with figs, you do not need to state explicitly that the falling fruits are figs. Alternate translation: “like a fruit tree drops its unripe fruit” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 442 | 6:14 | jyb7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον | 1 | The **sky** was normally thought of as being strong like a sheet of metal, but now it was weak like a sheet of paper and easily torn and **rolled up**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 443 | 6:14 | xzn5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁ οὐρανὸς ἀπεχωρίσθη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “the sky split open” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 444 | 6:14 | gl0m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὡς βιβλίον ἑλισσόμενον | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “as a scroll folds up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 445 | 6:14 | ic4p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | πᾶν ὄρος καὶ νῆσος ἐκ τῶν τόπων αὐτῶν ἐκινήθησαν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you could express the idea in active form or in another way that is natural in your language. Alternate translation: “every mountain and island shifted from its place” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 446 | 6:15 | m6j6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | οἱ χιλίαρχοι | 1 | Here, **the generals** refers to military officers or warriors who command in the battle. Alternate translation: “the war leaders” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 447 | 6:15 | n984 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς, καὶ οἱ μεγιστᾶνες, καὶ οἱ χιλίαρχοι, καὶ οἱ πλούσιοι, καὶ οἱ ἰσχυροὶ, καὶ πᾶς δοῦλος καὶ ἐλεύθερος | 1 | Here, all the nouns in the series or list refers to every type of person and people. The various examples refer to all kinds of people who exist in the world. The merism names various kinds or parts of society by stating the extreme ends of the society. If it would be helpful in your language, you could state the meaning plainly. Alternate translation: “all types of people, whether rich, poor, powerful, or weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 448 | 6:15 | vl6h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τὰ σπήλαια | 1 | These **caves** are large holes in the sides of hills. If your readers would not be familiar with **caves**, you could use the name of something similar in your area or you could use a more general term. Alternate translation: “the holes in the rocks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 449 | 6:16 | f4bj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | προσώπου τοῦ | 1 | Here, **face** represents “presence.” Alternate translation: “the presence of the one” or “the one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 450 | 6:16 | g0ed | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 451 | 6:17 | bd8v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἦλθεν ἡ ἡμέρα ἡ μεγάλη τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτῶν | 1 | The **great day of their wrath** refers to the time when they would punish wicked people. Alternate translation: “this is the terrible time when they will punish people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 452 | 6:17 | i7t4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἦλθεν | 1 | Existing now is spoken of as having **come**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 453 | 6:17 | cq9e | ὀργῆς αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **their** refers to the one on the throne and the Lamb. | ||
| 454 | 6:17 | r1ta | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? | 1 | Surviving, or staying alive, is spoken of as standing. Alternate translation: “Who can survive?” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 455 | 6:17 | pmn6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς δύναται σταθῆναι? | 1 | This question is used to express their great sadness and fear that no one will be able to survive when God punishes them. Alternate translation: “no one can survive!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 456 | 7:intro | f27i | 0 | # Revelation 7 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nScholars have interpreted parts of this chapter in many different ways. Translators do not need to fully understand what this chapter means to accurately translate its contents. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\nIt is important to accurately translate the large numbers in this chapter. The number 144,000 is twelve times twelve thousand.\n\nTranslators should be aware that the tribes of the people of Israel are not listed in this chapter the same as they are generally listed in the Old Testament.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-8 and 15-17.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Worship\n\nGod saves his people and keeps them through times of trouble. His people respond by worshipping him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/worship]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### The Lamb\n\nThis refers to Jesus. In this chapter, it is also a title for Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |||
| 457 | 7:1 | b1yl | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a vision of 144,000 servants of God who become marked with seals. Their marking takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. | ||
| 458 | 7:1 | id3y | τὰς τέσσαρας γωνίας τῆς γῆς | 1 | The **earth** is spoken of as if it were flat and square like a sheet of paper. The phrase **the four corners** refers to the north, south, east, and west. | ||
| 459 | 7:2 | sgq7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | σφραγῖδα | 1 | Here, **the seal** refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. Alternate translation: “the marker” or “stamp” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 460 | 7:3 | upb7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | σφραγίσωμεν τοὺς δούλους τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, to **seal** refers to placing a mark on something. This mark shows that the people belong to God and that he will protect them. Alternate translation: “we put a mark on the foreheads of the servants of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 461 | 7:3 | je8m | μετώπων | 1 | The **forehead** is the top of the face, above the eyes. | ||
| 462 | 7:4 | m58v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τῶν ἐσφραγισμένων | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom God’s angel marked” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 463 | 7:4 | lh7h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες | 1 | Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 464 | 7:5 | lyz8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | δώδεκα χιλιάδες | 1 | Alternate translation: “twelve thousand people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 465 | 7:9 | cj5k | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a second vision about a multitude praising God. This vision also takes place after the Lamb opens the sixth seal and before he opens the seventh seal. | ||
| 466 | 7:9 | au1m | ὄχλος πολύς | 1 | Alternate translation: “a huge crowd” or “a great number of people” | ||
| 467 | 7:9 | ioxw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 468 | 7:10 | m5az | ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν | 1 | Alternate translation: “Salvation comes from our God” | ||
| 469 | 7:10 | vlv1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἡ σωτηρία τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν, τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ καὶ τῷ Ἀρνίῳ | 1 | They were praising **God** and **the Lamb**. If your readers would misunderstand the abstract **Salvation**, you can express it with the verb “save.” Alternate translation: “Our God, who sits on the throne, and the Lamb have saved us!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 470 | 7:10 | e31m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τῷ Ἀρνίῳ | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 471 | 7:11 | a45p | τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων | 1 | These are the **four living creatures** mentioned in [Revelation 4:6-8](../04/06.md). | ||
| 472 | 7:11 | aja9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἔπεσαν & ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **fell on their faces** is an idiom that means hey lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 473 | 7:12 | lf1m | ἡ εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς, τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν | 1 | Alternate translation: “Our God is worthy of all praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power and strength” | ||
| 474 | 7:12 | q3gt | εὐλογία, καὶ ἡ δόξα, καὶ ἡ σοφία, καὶ ἡ εὐχαριστία, καὶ ἡ τιμὴ, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ ἰσχὺς, τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν | 1 | You can use the verb “give” to show how **praise**, **glory**, **wisdom**, **thanksgiving**, **honor**, **power**, and **strength** are to be **to our God**. Alternate translation: “We must give praise, glory, wisdom, thanks, honor, power, and strength to our God” | ||
| 475 | 7:12 | d74f | εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων | 1 | These two words **forever** and **ever** mean basically the same thing and emphasize that the praise will never end. | ||
| 476 | 7:13 | wz8z | περιβεβλημένοι τὰς στολὰς τὰς λευκὰς | 1 | These **white robes** showed that they were righteous. | ||
| 477 | 7:14 | p6en | οἱ ἐρχόμενοι ἐκ τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης | 1 | Alternate translation: “the one who have survived the great tribulation” or “are the people who have lived through the great tribulation” | ||
| 478 | 7:14 | u6fc | τῆς θλίψεως τῆς μεγάλης | 1 | Alternate translation: “the time of terrible suffering” or “the time when people suffered terribly” | ||
| 479 | 7:14 | b7mi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔπλυναν τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν, καὶ ἐλεύκαναν αὐτὰς ἐν τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Being made righteous by **the blood of the Lamb** is spoken of as washing **their robes** in his blood. Alternate translation: “they have been made righteous by washing their robes white in his blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 480 | 7:14 | ym21 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῷ αἵματι τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Here, **blood** is used to refer to the death of Lamb. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 481 | 7:14 | xl4x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 482 | 7:15 | qs23 | εἰσιν & αὐτούς | 1 | Here, **they** and **them** refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation. | ||
| 483 | 7:15 | us3i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτὸς | 1 | Here, **day** and **night** are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping”. Alernate translation: “continually” or “always” or “unendingly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 484 | 7:15 | k9f2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | σκηνώσει ἐπ’ αὐτούς | 1 | Protecting them is spoken of as if he were giving them shelter to live under. Alternate translation: “will shelter them” or “will protect them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 485 | 7:16 | p6u7 | οὐ πεινάσουσιν & αὐτοὺς | 1 | Here, **They** and **them** refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation. | ||
| 486 | 7:16 | t45h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οὐδὲ μὴ πέσῃ ἐπ’ αὐτοὺς ὁ ἥλιος | 1 | The heat of the **sun** is compared to punishment that causes people to suffer. Alternate translation: “and the sun will not burn them” or “and the sun will not make them weak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 487 | 7:17 | gs3r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὸ Ἀρνίον | 1 | Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Jesus. See how you translated **Lamb** in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 488 | 7:17 | b5rp | τὸ Ἀρνίον τὸ ἀνὰ μέσον τοῦ θρόνου | 1 | Alternate translation: “the Lamb, who is standing in the middle of the area around the throne” | ||
| 489 | 7:17 | wc49 | αὐτούς & αὐτοὺς | 1 | Both occurrences of **them** refer to those people who have come out of the great tribulation. | ||
| 490 | 7:17 | bi5i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὅτι τὸ Ἀρνίον & ποιμανεῖ αὐτούς | 1 | The elder speaks of the Lamb’s care for his people as if it were a shepherd’s care for his sheep. Alternate translation: “for the Lamb … will be like a shepherd to them” or “for the Lamb … will care for them as a shepherd cares for his sheep” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 491 | 7:17 | m6m8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁδηγήσει αὐτοὺς ἐπὶ ζωῆς πηγὰς ὑδάτων | 1 | The elder speaks of what gives life as if it were **springs** of fresh **water**. Alternate translation: “he will guide them like a shepherd guiding his sheep to fresh water” or “he will guide them to life like a shepherd guiding his sheep to living water” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 492 | 7:17 | g3d2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξαλείψει ὁ Θεὸς πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, a **tear** represents sadness. Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 493 | 8:intro | ma7f | 0 | # Revelation 8 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven seals and seven trumpets\n\nThis chapter begins to show what happens when the Lamb opens the seventh seal. God uses the prayers of all believers to cause dramatic things to happen on earth. John then describes what happens when angels sound the first four of seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Passive voice\n\nJohn uses the passive voice several times in this chapter. This hides who performs the action. This will be difficult to convey if the translator’s language does not have a passive voice. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]])\n\n### Similes\n\nIn verses 8 and 10, John uses similes to try to describe the images he sees in the vision. He compares the images to everyday things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |||
| 494 | 8:1 | d652 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe Lamb opens the seventh seal. | ||
| 495 | 8:1 | mh2b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | τὴν σφραγῖδα τὴν ἑβδόμην | 1 | This is the last of the seven seals on the scroll. The word **seventh** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next seal” or “the final seal” or “seal number seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 496 | 8:2 | fri9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθησαν αὐτοῖς ἑπτὰ σάλπιγγες | 1 | Each of the seven angels were given one trumpet. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. This could mean: (1) God gave them seven trumpets. (2) the Lamb gave them seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 497 | 8:3 | f9g9 | δώσει | 1 | Alternate translation: “he would offer the incense to God by burning it” | ||
| 498 | 8:4 | lq1q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐκ χειρὸς τοῦ ἀγγέλου | 1 | This refers to the bowl in the angel’s hand. Alternate translation: “from the bowl in the angel’s hand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 499 | 8:5 | l79w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐγέμισεν αὐτὸν ἐκ τοῦ πυρὸς | 1 | Here, **the fire** probably refers to burning coals. Alternate translation: “filled it with burning coals” or “filled it with coals of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 500 | 8:7 | g5gp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw the hail and fire mixed with blood down onto the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 501 | 8:7 | ga1r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὸ τρίτον τῆς γῆς κατεκάη, καὶ τὸ τρίτον τῶν δένδρων κατεκάη, καὶ πᾶς χόρτος χλωρὸς κατεκάη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “it burned up a third of the earth, a third of the trees, and all the green grass” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 502 | 8:8 | rnh8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | ὁ δεύτερος ἄγγελος | 1 | The word **second** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the next angel” or “angel number two” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 503 | 8:8 | uw2h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὡς ὄρος μέγα πυρὶ καιόμενον, ἐβλήθη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw something like a great mountain burning with fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 504 | 8:8 | ev7g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction | ἐγένετο τὸ τρίτον τῆς θαλάσσης αἷμα | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the fraction **a third**, you can explain it in translation. Alternate translation: “it was like the sea was divided into three parts, and one of those parts became blood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 505 | 8:8 | k43y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἐγένετο & αἷμα | 1 | Here, **became blood** could mean: (1) it became red like blood. (2) it really became blood. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 506 | 8:9 | vgf4 | τῶν κτισμάτων τῶν ἐν τῇ θαλάσσῃ τὰ ἔχοντα ψυχάς | 1 | Alternate translation: “of the things living in the sea” or “of the fish and other animals that lived in the sea” | ||
| 507 | 8:10 | n8ue | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἔπεσεν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἀστὴρ μέγας, καιόμενος ὡς λαμπάς | 1 | The fire of the **huge star** looked similar to the fire of **a torch**. Alternate translation: “a huge star that was blazing like a torch fell from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 508 | 8:10 | int4 | λαμπάς | 1 | A **torch** a stick with one end lit on fire to provide light. | ||
| 509 | 8:11 | as2n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ Ἄψινθος | 1 | **Wormwood** is a shrub that tastes bitter. People made medicine out of it, but they also believed that it was poisonous. Alternate translation: “the name of the star is Bitterness” or “the name of the star is Bitter Medicine” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 510 | 8:11 | gei4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐγένετο & ἄψινθον | 1 | The bitter taste of the water is spoken of as if it were **wormwood**. Alternate translation: “became bitter like wormwood” or “became bitter” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 511 | 8:11 | g4q5 | ἀπέθανον ἐκ τῶν ὑδάτων, ὅτι ἐπικράνθησαν | 1 | Alternate translation: “died when they drank the bitter water” | ||
| 512 | 8:12 | z936 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου | 1 | Causing something bad to happen to **the sun** is spoken of as striking, or hitting, it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 513 | 8:12 | dfm7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐπλήγη τὸ τρίτον τοῦ ἡλίου | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a third of the sun changed” or “God changed a third of the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 514 | 8:12 | ukh6 | σκοτισθῇ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῶν | 1 | The phrase **a third of then turned dark** could mean: (1) one third of the time, they were dark. (2) one third of the sun, one third of the moon, and one third of the stars became dark. | ||
| 515 | 8:12 | t1ag | ἡ ἡμέρα μὴ φάνῃ τὸ τρίτον αὐτῆς, καὶ ἡ νὺξ ὁμοίως | 1 | Alternate translation: “there was no light during one third of the day and one third of the night” or “they did not shine during one third of the day and one third of the night” | ||
| 516 | 8:13 | x375 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκ τῶν λοιπῶν φωνῶν τῆς σάλπιγγος τῶν τριῶν ἀγγέλων τῶν μελλόντων σαλπίζειν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “because the three angels who have not yet sounded their trumpets are about to sound them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 517 | 9:intro | sq5c | 0 | # Revelation 9 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, John continues to describe what happens when angels sound seven trumpets. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Woe\n\nJohn describes several “woes” in the Book of Revelation. This chapter begins to describe three “woes” announced at the end of Chapter 8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Animal imagery\n\nThis chapter includes several animals: locusts, scorpions, horses, lions, and snakes. Animals convey different qualities or traits. For example, a lion is powerful and dangerous. Translators should use the same animals in their translation if possible. If the animal is unknown, one with similar qualities or traits should be used.\n\n### Bottomless pit\n\nThis image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]])\n\n### Abaddon and Apollyon\n\n“Abaddon” is a Hebrew word. “Apollyon” is a Greek word. Both words mean “Destroyer.” John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. The ULT and UST write the sounds of both words with English letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate these words using the letters of the target language. The original Greek readers would have understood “Apollyon” to mean “Destroyer.” So translators may also supply what it means in the text or in a footnote. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]])\n\n### Repentance\n\nDespite great signs, people are described as not repenting and so remain in their sin. People refusing to repent are also mentioned in Chapter 16. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJohn uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |||
| 518 | 9:1 | d26c | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe fifth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. | ||
| 519 | 9:1 | jim6 | εἶδον ἀστέρα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ πεπτωκότα | 1 | John saw the **star** after it **had fallen**. He did not watch if fall. | ||
| 520 | 9:1 | v12j | ἡ κλεὶς τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου | 1 | Alternate translation: “the key that unlocks the shaft of the bottomless pit” | ||
| 521 | 9:1 | cjr9 | τοῦ φρέατος τῆς Ἀβύσσου | 1 | Here, **shaft** could be: (1) another way of referring to the abyss and describes it as long and narrow. (2) the opening of the abyss. | ||
| 522 | 9:1 | p886 | τῆς Ἀβύσσου | 1 | The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. | ||
| 523 | 9:2 | tp79 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς καπνὸς καμίνου μεγάλης | 1 | A **huge furnace** gives off a great amount of thick, dark **smoke**. Alternate translation: “like the great amount of smoke that comes from a huge furnace” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 524 | 9:2 | nd4n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐσκοτώθη | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase **were darkened**, you can state it inm active form. Alternate translation: “became dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 525 | 9:3 | mb9m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἀκρίδες | 1 | The **locusts** are insects that fly together in large groups. People fear them because they can eat up all the leaves in gardens and on trees. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 526 | 9:3 | a4e7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐδόθη αὐταῖς ἐξουσία, ὡς ἔχουσιν ἐξουσίαν οἱ σκορπίοι | 1 | These **scorpions** have the ability to sting and poison people. Alternate translation: “they have the ability to sting people as scorpions do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 527 | 9:3 | mjf1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σκορπίοι | 1 | A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger on its tail. Its sting is extremely painful and the pain lasts a long time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 528 | 9:4 | cl6p | ἐρρέθη αὐταῖς, ἵνα μὴ ἀδικήσουσιν τὸν χόρτον τῆς γῆς, οὐδὲ πᾶν χλωρὸν, οὐδὲ πᾶν δένδρον | 1 | Ordinary locusts were a terrible threat to people because when they swarm, they can eat up all the grass and all the leaves on plants and trees. These locusts were told not to do this. | ||
| 529 | 9:4 | pb9q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis | εἰ μὴ τοὺς ἀνθρώπους | 1 | The phrase “to damage” or “to harm” is understood. Alternate translation: “but only to harm the men” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) | |
| 530 | 9:4 | gi1a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, **seal** refers to a tool that is used to press a mark onto a wax seal. In this case the tool would be used to put a mark on God’s people. See how you translated “seal” in [Revelation 7:3](../07/03.md). Alternate translation: “the marker of God” or “stamp of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 531 | 9:4 | tl6n | μετώπων | 1 | The **forehead** is the top of the face, above the eyes. | ||
| 532 | 9:5 | rui1 | ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here, **them** refers to the locusts. ([Revelation 9:3](../09/03.md)) | ||
| 533 | 9:5 | vfj7 | αὐτούς | 1 | Here, **them** refers to the people whom the locusts were stinging. | ||
| 534 | 9:5 | nm7q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | βασανισθήσονται μῆνας πέντε | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this passive phrase **will be tormented**, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “the locusts will torment the people for five months” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 535 | 9:5 | a3dw | βασανισθήσονται | 1 | Alternate translation: “will suffer terrible pain” | ||
| 536 | 9:5 | qtk9 | βασανισμὸς σκορπίου | 1 | A **scorpion** is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. | ||
| 537 | 9:6 | p4mb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ζητήσουσιν οἱ ἄνθρωποι τὸν θάνατον, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρήσουσιν αὐτόν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **death**, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “people will try to find a way to die, but will not find it” or “people will try to kill themselves, but will not find a way to die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 538 | 9:6 | f1b4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | φεύγει ὁ θάνατος ἀπ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | John speaks of **death** as if it were a person or animal that could run away. Alternate translation: “they will not be able to die” or “they will not die” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 539 | 9:7 | zh82 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThese locusts did not look like ordinary locusts. John describes them by telling how parts of them looked like other things. | ||
| 540 | 9:10 | mac3 | ἔχουσιν οὐρὰς | 1 | Here, **they** refers to the locusts. | ||
| 541 | 9:10 | qdc3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὁμοίας σκορπίοις καὶ κέντρα | 1 | A scorpion is a small insect with a poisonous stinger at the end of its long tail. The sting can cause severe pain or even death. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 9:6](../09/06.md). Alternate translation: “with stingers like scorpion stingers” or “with stingers that could cause terrible pain as scorpion stingers can” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 542 | 9:10 | lim1 | ἐν ταῖς οὐραῖς αὐτῶν ἡ ἐξουσία αὐτῶν ἀδικῆσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους μῆνας πέντε | 1 | This could mean: (1) they had power for five months to harm people. (2) they could sting people and the people would be in pain for five months. | ||
| 543 | 9:11 | fiu6 | τῆς Ἀβύσσου | 1 | The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). | ||
| 544 | 9:11 | bkg6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ἀβαδδών & Ἀπολλύων | 1 | Both **Abaddon** and **Apollyon** mean “Destroyer.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 545 | 9:12 | ts26 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔρχεται ἔτι δύο οὐαὶ | 1 | Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 546 | 9:13 | cyb6 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe sixth of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. | ||
| 547 | 9:13 | x4md | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | ἤκουσα φωνὴν μίαν ἐκ | 1 | The **voice** refers to the one who was speaking. John does not say who the speaker was, but it may have been God. Alternate translation: “I heard someone speaking” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 548 | 9:13 | q3a3 | τῶν κεράτων τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου τοῦ χρυσοῦ | 1 | These are horn-shaped extensions at each of the four corners of the top of the **altar**. | ||
| 549 | 9:14 | iq5t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | λέγουσαν | 1 | This one who is speaking is the voice in verse 13. Alternate translation: “the voice said” or “the speaker said” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 550 | 9:14 | su17 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τοὺς τέσσαρας ἀγγέλους, τοὺς δεδεμένους | 1 | The text does not say who has **bound** the **angels**, but it implies that God told someone to bind them. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God has commanded them to bind” or “the four angels whom God has commanded someone to bind” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 551 | 9:15 | ijx2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐλύθησαν οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel released the four angels who had been prepared for that hour and day and month and year” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 552 | 9:15 | p3w1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἱ τέσσαρες ἄγγελοι, οἱ ἡτοιμασμένοι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the four angels whom God had prepared” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 553 | 9:15 | b3d6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | εἰς τὴν ὥραν, καὶ ἡμέραν, καὶ μῆνα, καὶ ἐνιαυτόν | 1 | These words are used to show that there is a specific, chosen time and not just any time. Alternate translation: “for that exact time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 554 | 9:16 | h8uf | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nSuddenly, a huge number of soldiers on horseback appear in John’s vision. John is no longer speaking about the four angels mentioned in the previous verse. | ||
| 555 | 9:16 | ays5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | δύο μυριάδες μυριάδων | 1 | Some ways to express **two myriads** are: “two hundred million” or “two hundred thousand thousand” or “twenty thousand times ten thousand.” If your language does not have a specific number for this, you could also see how you translated a similar large number in [Revelation 5:11](../05/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 556 | 9:17 | j5n9 | πυρίνους | 1 | See how you translated this in [Revelation 6:3](../06/03.md). Alternate translation: “red like fire” or “bright red” | ||
| 557 | 9:17 | pqe8 | θειώδεις | 1 | Alternate translation: “yellow like sulfur” or “bright yellow like sulfur” | ||
| 558 | 9:18 | x4fr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction | τὸ τρίτον τῶν ἀνθρώπων | 1 | See how you translated “A third” in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “One third of the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 559 | 9:20 | xf3t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἳ οὐκ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς ταύταις | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the plagues had not killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 560 | 9:20 | d3vn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | ἃ οὔτε βλέπειν δύνανται, οὔτε ἀκούειν, οὔτε περιπατεῖν | 1 | This phrase reminds us that idols are not alive and do not deserve to be worshiped. But the people did not stop worshiping them. Alternate translation: “even though these idols cannot see, hear, or walk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 561 | 10:intro | ys3l | 0 | # Revelation 10 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Seven thunders\n\nJohn here describes the seven thunders as making sounds that he could understand as words. However, translators should use their normal word for “thunder” when translating these verses. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### “The mystery of God”\n\nThis refers to some aspect of the hidden plan of God. It is not necessary to know what this mystery is to translate it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/reveal]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Simile\n\nJohn uses similes to help him describe the face, legs, and voice of the mighty angel. Translators should understand other objects in this chapter, such as the rainbow and the cloud, with their normal meanings. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |||
| 562 | 10:1 | xr6f | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a vision of a mighty angel holding a scroll. In John’s vision he is viewing what is happening from earth. This takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. | ||
| 563 | 10:1 | jj2e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | περιβεβλημένον νεφέλην | 1 | John speaks of the angel as if he were wearing **a cloud** as his clothing. This expression may be understood as metaphor. However, because very unusual things were often seen in visions, it might be understood as a literally true statement in its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 564 | 10:1 | qax6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ ὡς ὁ ἥλιος | 1 | John compares the brightness of **his face** with the brightness of **the sun**. Alternate translation: “his face was bright like the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 565 | 10:1 | p81x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οἱ πόδες αὐτοῦ ὡς στῦλοι πυρός | 1 | Here, **feet** refers to the legs. Alternate translation: “his legs were like pillars of fire” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 566 | 10:3 | ubb9 | καὶ ἔκραξεν | 1 | Alternate translation: “then the angel shouted” | ||
| 567 | 10:3 | r4j6 | ἐλάλησαν αἱ ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ | 1 | The **seven thunders** are described as if they were people who could speak. Alternate translation: “the seven thunders made a loud noise” or “the thunder sounded very loudly seven times” | ||
| 568 | 10:3 | qag8 | ἑπτὰ βρονταὶ | 1 | This may refer to thunder occurring **seven** times, yet being spoken of as if it were **seven** different **thunders**. | ||
| 569 | 10:4 | az1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | καὶ ἤκουσα φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | Here, **voice** refers to words spoken by someone other than the angel. Alternate translation: “but I heard someone speaking from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 570 | 10:5 | l5xy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | ἦρεν τὴν χεῖρα αὐτοῦ τὴν δεξιὰν εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν | 1 | He **raised his right hand to heaven** to show that he was swearing by God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 571 | 10:6 | t2f6 | ὤμοσεν τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων | 1 | Alternate translation: “and he asked that what he was going to say would be confirmed by the one who lives forever and ever” | ||
| 572 | 10:6 | gmm8 | τῷ ζῶντι εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων | 1 | Here, **the one who lives forever and ever** refers to God. | ||
| 573 | 10:6 | egm1 | χρόνος οὐκέτι ἔσται | 1 | Alternate translation: “There will be no more waiting” or “God will not delay” | ||
| 574 | 10:7 | c5gy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐτελέσθη τὸ μυστήριον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will accomplish his mystery” or “God will complete his secret plan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 575 | 10:8 | t61f | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn hears the voice from heaven, which he had heard in [Revelation 10:4](../10/04.md), speak to him again. | ||
| 576 | 10:8 | v6a9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | ἡ φωνὴ ἣν ἤκουσα ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | Here, **voice** refers to the speaker. Alternate translation: “the one I heard speak from heaven” or “the one who had spoken to me from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 577 | 10:8 | tkq7 | ἤκουσα | 1 | John heard. | ||
| 578 | 10:9 | x13b | λέγει μοι | 1 | Alternate translation: “the angel said to me” | ||
| 579 | 10:9 | tg31 | πικρανεῖ σου τὴν κοιλίαν | 1 | This refers to a bad taste from the **stomach** after eating something that is not good. Alternate translation: “it will make your stomach sour” | ||
| 580 | 10:11 | ahb4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | γλώσσαις | 1 | Here, **tongues** refers to the people who speak the languages. Alternate translation: “many language communities” or “many groups of people who speak their own languages” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 581 | 11:intro | s117 | 0 | # Revelation 11 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 15 and 17-18.\n\n### Woe\n\nJohn describes several “woes” in the book of Revelation. This chapter describes a second and third “woe” announced at the end of Chapter 8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Gentiles\n\nThe word “Gentiles” here refers to ungodly people groups and not Gentile Christians. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/godly]])\n\n### Two witnesses\n\nScholars have suggested many different ideas about these two witnesses. Translators do not need to understand this passage to accurately translate it. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### Bottomless pit\n\nThis image is seen several times in the Book of Revelation. It is a picture of hell as being inescapable and the opposite direction as heaven. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) | |||
| 582 | 11:1 | ba9b | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a vision about receiving a measuring rod and two witnesses that God appointed. This vision also takes place between the blowing of the sixth and seventh trumpets. | ||
| 583 | 11:1 | lkn6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη μοι κάλαμος ὅμοιος ῥάβδῳ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “sSomeone gave me a reed like a measuring rod” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 584 | 11:1 | tl86 | ἐδόθη μοι & λέγων | 1 | Here, **me** refers to John. | ||
| 585 | 11:1 | ha6e | τοὺς προσκυνοῦντας ἐν αὐτῷ | 1 | Alternate translation: “count those who worship in the temple” | ||
| 586 | 11:2 | jae6 | πατήσουσιν | 1 | To **trample** to treat something as worthless by walking on it. | ||
| 587 | 11:3 | h8vh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | περιβεβλημένοι σάκκους | 1 | You can make it explicit why they will wear **sackcloth**. Alternate translation: “wearing rough mourning clothes” or “wearing scratchy clothes to show that they are very sad” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 588 | 11:4 | pa44 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | οὗτοί εἰσιν αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ ἐνώπιον τοῦ Κυρίου τῆς γῆς ἑστῶτες | 1 | The **two olive trees** and the **two lampstands** symbolize these people, but they are not literally the people. Alternate translation: “The two olive trees and the two lampstands that have stood before the Lord of the earth represent these witnesses” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 589 | 11:4 | p6mi | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | αἱ δύο ἐλαῖαι καὶ αἱ δύο λυχνίαι, αἱ | 1 | John expects his readers to know about the **two olive trees and the two lampstands** because many years earlier another prophet had written about them. Alternate translation: “the two olive trees and the two lampstands, told about in scripture, that” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 590 | 11:5 | nr2s | πῦρ ἐκπορεύεται ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτῶν, καὶ κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν | 1 | Because this is about future events, you can state this in the future tense. Alternate translation: “fire will come out of their mouth and devour their enemies” | ||
| 591 | 11:5 | ab6b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πῦρ & κατεσθίει τοὺς ἐχθροὺς αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **fire** burning and killing people is spoken of as if it were an animal that could eat them up. Alternate translation: “fire … will destroy their enemies” or “fire … will completely burn up their enemies” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 592 | 11:6 | cac1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | κλεῖσαι τὸν οὐρανόν, ἵνα μὴ ὑετὸς βρέχῃ | 1 | John speaks of **the sky** as if it had a door that someone can open to let **rain** **fall** or close to stop the rain. Alternate translation: “to keep rain from falling from the sky” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 593 | 11:6 | a7ed | στρέφειν | 1 | Alternate translation: “to change” | ||
| 594 | 11:6 | kth7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πατάξαι τὴν γῆν ἐν πάσῃ πληγῇ | 1 | John speaks of the plagues as if they were a stick that someone could hit the earth with. Alternate translation: “to cause all kinds of trouble to occur on earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 595 | 11:7 | i679 | Ἀβύσσου | 1 | The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). | ||
| 596 | 11:8 | r45p | τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **their corpses** refers to the bodies of the two witnesses. | ||
| 597 | 11:8 | p9fu | ἐπὶ τῆς πλατείας τῆς πόλεως τῆς μεγάλης | 1 | The city had more than one **street**. This was a public place where people could see them. Alternate translation: “in one of the streets of the great city” or “in the main street of the great city” | ||
| 598 | 11:8 | iea1 | ὁ Κύριος αὐτῶν | 1 | They served the **Lord**, and like him, would die in that city. | ||
| 599 | 11:9 | h3i2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | ἡμέρας τρεῖς καὶ ἥμισυ | 1 | Alternate translation: “three full days and one half day” or “3.5 days” or “3-1/2 days” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 600 | 11:9 | bp61 | τὰ πτώματα αὐτῶν οὐκ ἀφίουσιν τεθῆναι εἰς μνῆμα | 1 | They will leave their bodies in the street as a sign of disrespect. | ||
| 601 | 11:10 | dm89 | χαίρουσιν ἐπ’ αὐτοῖς, καὶ εὐφραίνονται | 1 | Alternate translation: “will rejoice and celebrate that the two witnesses have died” | ||
| 602 | 11:10 | trs2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction | δῶρα πέμψουσιν ἀλλήλοις | 1 | Sending **gifts to one another** shows how happy the people were. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) | |
| 603 | 11:10 | h4pq | ὅτι οὗτοι οἱ δύο προφῆται ἐβασάνισαν τοὺς κατοικοῦντας ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | This is the reason that the people will be so happy that the witnesses have died. | ||
| 604 | 11:11 | x3gn | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | τὰς τρεῖς ἡμέρας καὶ ἥμισυ | 1 | Alternate translation: “three full days and one half day” or “3.5 days” or “3-1/2 days.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 11:9](../11/09.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 605 | 11:11 | al5w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πνεῦμα ζωῆς ἐκ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰσῆλθεν εἰς αὐτούς | 1 | The ability to breathe is spoken of as if it were something that can go into people. Alternate translation: “God will cause the two witnesses to breathe again and live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 606 | 11:11 | u265 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | φόβος μέγας ἐπέπεσεν ἐπὶ τοὺς θεωροῦντας αὐτούς | 1 | Here, **fear** is spoken of as if it were a object that can fall on people. Alternate translation: “those who see them will be extremely afraid” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 607 | 11:12 | f8ze | καὶ ἤκουσαν | 1 | Here, **they heard** could mean: (1) the two witnesses will hear. (2) the people will hear what is said to the two witnesses. | ||
| 608 | 11:12 | mkq9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | Here, **a loud voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly to them from heaven and” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 609 | 11:12 | l1x7 | λεγούσης αὐτοῖς | 1 | Alternate translation: “saying to the two witnesses” | ||
| 610 | 11:13 | fa14 | οἱ λοιποὶ | 1 | Alternate translation: “those who do not die” or “those who are still living” | ||
| 611 | 11:13 | f4r2 | ἔδωκαν δόξαν τῷ Θεῷ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | Alternate translation: “said that the God of heaven is glorious” | ||
| 612 | 11:14 | l7jp | ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ δευτέρα ἀπῆλθεν | 1 | See how you translated “The first woe is past” in [Revelation 9:12](../09/12.md). Alternate translation: “The second terrible event is over” | ||
| 613 | 11:14 | j1m5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡ οὐαὶ ἡ τρίτη ἔρχεται ταχύ | 1 | Existing in the future is spoken of as **coming**. Alternate translation: “The third woe will happen soon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 614 | 11:15 | l1be | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe last of the seven angels begins to sound his trumpet. | ||
| 615 | 11:15 | sxx9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal | ὁ ἕβδομος ἄγγελος | 1 | This is the last of the seven angels. See how you translated **seventh** in [Revelation 8:1](../08/01.md). The word **seventh** is an ordinal number. Alternate translation: “the final angel” or “angel number seven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) | |
| 616 | 11:15 | zt2f | ἐγένοντο φωναὶ μεγάλαι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ λέγουσαι | 1 | The phrase **loud voices** represents speakers who spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “speakers in heaven spoke loudly and said” | ||
| 617 | 11:15 | jsm2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **kingdom** refers to the authority to rule **the world**. Alternate translation: “The authority to rule the world has become the authority that belongs to our Lord and his Christ” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 618 | 11:15 | en51 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τοῦ κόσμου | 1 | Here, **the world** refers to every person in **the world**. Alternate translation: “everyone in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 619 | 11:15 | sw4u | ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ κόσμου τοῦ Κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ | 1 | Alternate translation: “Our Lord and his Christ are now the rulers of the world” | ||
| 620 | 11:16 | s2nv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ἔπεσαν ἐπὶ τὰ πρόσωπα αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, **fell upon their faces** is an idiom that means they lay down facing the ground. See how you translated “prostrated themselves” in [Revelation 4:10](../04/10.md). Alternate translation: “they bowed down” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 621 | 11:17 | dw6v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | σοι, Κύριε ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ, ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν | 1 | You can state these phrases as sentences. Alternate translation: “you, Lord God, the ruler over all. You are the one who is, and you are the one who was” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 622 | 11:17 | fq4b | ὁ ὢν | 1 | Alternate translation: “the one who exists” or “the one who lives” | ||
| 623 | 11:17 | ea29 | ὁ ἦν | 1 | Alternate translation: “who has always existed” or “who has always lived” | ||
| 624 | 11:17 | fe2b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | εἴληφας τὴν δύναμίν σου τὴν μεγάλην | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state explicitly what God did with his **great power**. Alternate translation: “you have defeated with your power everyone who has rebelled against you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 625 | 11:18 | qw72 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe words **you** and **your** refer to God. | ||
| 626 | 11:18 | iv5k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἦλθεν ἡ ὀργή σου | 1 | Existing in the present is spoken of as having **come**. Alternate translation: “you are ready to show your anger” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 627 | 11:18 | h833 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τῶν νεκρῶν κριθῆναι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for God to judge the dead” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 628 | 11:18 | zk1u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj | τῶν νεκρῶν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the nominal adjective **dead**, you can state it as a verb or adjective. Alternate translation: “for those who have died” or “for the dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) | |
| 629 | 11:18 | k3ba | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τοῖς φοβουμένοις τὸ ὄνομά σου | 1 | Here, **name** is a metonym for the person of Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “to those who fear you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 630 | 11:19 | c7pd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | καὶ ἠνοίγη ὁ ναὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ ὁ ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Then someone opened God’s temple in heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 631 | 11:19 | d9z7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὤφθη ἡ κιβωτὸς τῆς διαθήκης τοῦ Κυρίου ἐν τῷ ναῷ αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “I saw the ark of his covenant in his temple” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 632 | 11:19 | b6ly | ἀστραπαὶ | 1 | Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). | ||
| 633 | 11:19 | ap5g | φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταὶ | 1 | Here, **loud sounds and crashes of thunder** refers to the loud noises that thunder makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). | ||
| 634 | 12:intro | cq7x | 0 | # Revelation 12 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 10-12.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Serpent\n\nThe Book of Revelation uses imagery from the Old Testament. For example, John refers to Satan as the serpent. This image comes from the account of the Garden of Eden when Satan tempted Eve. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “A great sign was seen in heaven”\n\nBy using the passive voice here, John does not say who saw this great sign in heaven. The translation may be difficult when the subject is unclear, if your language does not have a passive voice. Many English translations use the past tense here and say “A great sign appeared in heaven.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]]) | |||
| 635 | 12:1 | n4ii | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a woman who appears in his vision. | ||
| 636 | 12:1 | j9yl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | γυνὴ περιβεβλημένη τὸν ἥλιον, καὶ ἡ σελήνη ὑποκάτω τῶν ποδῶν αὐτῆς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “a woman who was wearing the sun and had the moon under her feet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 637 | 12:3 | y4c1 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn describes a dragon that appears in his vision. | ||
| 638 | 12:3 | s1j6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | δράκων | 1 | The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 639 | 12:4 | ii1k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction | τὸ τρίτον | 1 | See how you translated this in [Revelation 8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “one third” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) | |
| 640 | 12:5 | zr5q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ποιμαίνειν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ | 1 | Here, ruling harshly is spoken of as ruling **with an iron rod**. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:27](../02/27.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 641 | 12:5 | kfr1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἡρπάσθη τὸ τέκνον αὐτῆς πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God quickly took her child to himself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 642 | 12:7 | wh37 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | δράκοντος | 1 | The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 643 | 12:8 | uj6a | οὐδὲ τόπος εὑρέθη αὐτῶν ἔτι ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ | 1 | Alternate translation: “so the dragon and his angels could no longer stay in heaven” | ||
| 644 | 12:9 | pk5u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν | 1 | You can give the information about the serpent in a separate sentence after the statement that it was thrown down to the earth. Alternate translation: “the great dragon was thrown down to earth, and his angels were thrown down with him. He is the old serpent who deceives the world and is called the devil or Satan” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 645 | 12:9 | v1tp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐβλήθη ὁ δράκων ὁ μέγας, ὁ ὄφις ὁ ἀρχαῖος, ὁ καλούμενος, Διάβολος, καὶ ὁ Σατανᾶς, ὁ πλανῶν τὴν οἰκουμένην ὅλην; ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν, καὶ οἱ ἄγγελοι αὐτοῦ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ἐβλήθησαν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the great dragon—the ancient serpent, who people also call the devil and Satan—and his angels out of heaven and sent them to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 646 | 12:10 | jb7z | ἤκουσα | 1 | The word **I** refers to John. | ||
| 647 | 12:10 | i112 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἤκουσα φωνὴν μεγάλην ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ | 1 | Here, the **voice** refers to someone who speaks. Alternate translation: “I heard someone saying loudly from heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 648 | 12:10 | nt1j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἄρτι ἐγένετο ἡ σωτηρία, καὶ ἡ δύναμις, καὶ ἡ Βασιλεία τοῦ Θεοῦ ἡμῶν, καὶ ἡ ἐξουσία τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ | 1 | God saving people by his power is spoken of as if his **salvation** and **power** were things that **have come**. God’s ruling and Christ’s authority are also spoken of as if they have come. Alternate translation: “Now God has saved his people by his power, God rules as king, and his Christ has all authority” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 649 | 12:10 | a5fm | ἐγένετο | 1 | God is revealing these things because their time to occur has **come**. It is not that they did not exist before. Alternate translation: “have begun to really exist” or “have appeared” or “have become real” | ||
| 650 | 12:10 | yg1a | ἐβλήθη ὁ κατήγορος τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν | 1 | Here, **the accuser of our brothers** is the dragon that was thrown down in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md). | ||
| 651 | 12:10 | a9wf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τῶν ἀδελφῶν ἡμῶν | 1 | Fellow believers are spoken of as if they were **brothers**. Alternate translation: “our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 652 | 12:10 | jn6q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ἡμέρας καὶ νυκτός | 1 | These two parts of the day are used together to mean “all the time” or “without stopping” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 653 | 12:11 | qmg8 | αὐτοὶ ἐνίκησαν αὐτὸν | 1 | Alternate translation: “they conquered the accuser” | ||
| 654 | 12:11 | zt7v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | διὰ τὸ αἷμα τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Here, **the blood** refers to the death of the Lamb. Alternate translation: “because the Lamb had shed his blood and died for them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 655 | 12:11 | lht6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it with the verb “testify” and you can state who they testified. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 656 | 12:11 | kuj5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | διὰ τὸν λόγον τῆς μαρτυρίας αὐτῶν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state explicitly what they testified. Alternate translation: “by what they said when they testified to others about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 657 | 12:11 | n6wk | ἄχρι θανάτου | 1 | The believers told the truth about Jesus, even though they knew that their enemies might try to kill them because of it. Alternate translation: “but they kept testifying even though they knew that they might die for it” | ||
| 658 | 12:13 | x7st | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἶδεν ὁ δράκων ὅτι ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν γῆν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the dragon realized that God had thrown him out of heaven and sent him to earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 659 | 12:13 | kgv9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ὁ δράκων | 1 | The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 660 | 12:14 | sxw1 | τοῦ ὄφεως | 1 | Here, **the serpent** is another way of referring to the dragon. | ||
| 661 | 12:15 | c73v | ὄφις | 1 | Here, **the serpent** is the same being as the dragon mentioned earlier in [Revelation 12:9](../12/09.md). | ||
| 662 | 12:15 | y5ml | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς ποταμόν | 1 | The water flowed from his mouth **like a river** flows. Alternate translation: “in large volume” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 663 | 12:15 | a9wh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | αὐτὴν ποταμοφόρητον ποιήσῃ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he might sweep her away with a flood” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 664 | 12:16 | i4u5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἤνοιξεν ἡ γῆ τὸ στόμα αὐτῆς, καὶ κατέπιεν τὸν ποταμὸν, ὃν ἔβαλεν ὁ δράκων ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **the earth** is spoken of as if it were a living thing, and a hole in the earth is spoken of as if it were a **mouth** that could drink up the water. Alternate translation: “a hole in the ground opened up and the river from the dragon went down into the hole” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 665 | 12:16 | lgt7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | δράκων | 1 | The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 666 | 12:17 | f754 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τηρούντων | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 667 | 12:17 | t6jf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **testimony**, you can express it as a verb. Alternate translation: “who continue to testify about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 668 | 13:intro | c9mw | 0 | # Revelation 13 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the words of verse 10, which are from the Old Testament.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Similes\n\nJohn uses many similes in this chapter. They help to describe the images that he sees in his vision. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Unknown animals\n\nJohn uses different animals to try to describe what he saw. Some of these animals may not be known in the target language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |||
| 669 | 13:1 | su49 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a beast who appears in his vision. Here, **I** refers to John. | ||
| 670 | 13:2 | k6qh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | δράκων | 1 | The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 671 | 13:2 | xa3a | ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ | 1 | The **dragon** made the beast as powerful as he was. He did not lose **his power**, however, by giving it to the beast. | ||
| 672 | 13:2 | c4wx | ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ ὁ δράκων τὴν δύναμιν αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξουσίαν μεγάλην | 1 | The words **power**, **throne**, and **authority** are three ways of referring to the dragon’s authority, and together they emphasize that the authority was great. | ||
| 673 | 13:2 | gyv9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **throne** refers to the dragon’s authority to rule as king. Alternate translation: “his royal authority” or “his authority to rule as king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 674 | 13:3 | yt22 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | καὶ ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ ἐθεραπεύθη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but its fatal wound healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 675 | 13:3 | ba2z | ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου | 1 | This is an injury that is serious enough to cause a person to die. Alternate translation: “deadly wound” | ||
| 676 | 13:3 | jc7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὅλη ἡ γῆ | 1 | Here, **the whole earth** refers to all the people who live anywhere on it. Alternate translation: “all the people on the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 677 | 13:3 | xx3h | ὀπίσω τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | Alternate translation: “obeyed the beast” | ||
| 678 | 13:4 | t15f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | δράκοντι | 1 | The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 679 | 13:4 | yuu8 | ἔδωκεν τὴν ἐξουσίαν τῷ θηρίῳ | 1 | Alternate translation: “he had caused the beast to have as much authority as he had” | ||
| 680 | 13:4 | ep4n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς ὅμοιος τῷ θηρίῳ, καὶ τίς δύναται πολεμῆσαι μετ’ αὐτοῦ? | 1 | This question shows how amazed they were about the beast. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No one is as powerful as the beast or able to fight against it and win!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 681 | 13:5 | p2n5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτῷ & ἐδόθη αὐτῷ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 682 | 13:5 | y29e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐδόθη αὐτῷ στόμα λαλοῦν | 1 | Being **given a mouth** refers to being allowed to speak. Alternate translation: “the beast was allowed to speak” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 683 | 13:6 | ru6v | εἰς βλασφημίας πρὸς τὸν Θεόν | 1 | Alternate translation: “to say disrespectful things about God” | ||
| 684 | 13:6 | k71y | βλασφημῆσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὴν σκηνὴν αὐτοῦ, τοὺς ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ σκηνοῦντας | 1 | These phrases tell how the beast spoke blasphemies against God. | ||
| 685 | 13:7 | fyp6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτῷ ἐξουσία | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God gave authority to the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 686 | 13:7 | f5rl | πᾶσαν φυλὴν, καὶ λαὸν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ ἔθνος | 1 | This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md). | ||
| 687 | 13:8 | nr7r | προσκυνήσουσιν αὐτὸν | 1 | Alternate translation: “will worship the beast” | ||
| 688 | 13:8 | vyy8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς | 1 | This phrase clarifies who on the earth will worship the beast. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “everyone whose names the Lamb did not write in the Book of Life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 689 | 13:8 | nj7e | ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου | 1 | Alternate translation: “when God created the world” | ||
| 690 | 13:8 | vac6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | A lamb is a young sheep. Here is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 691 | 13:8 | bcu5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τοῦ ἐσφαγμένου | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whom the people slaughtered” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 692 | 13:9 | tdy8 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThese verses are a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he give a warning to the people reading his account. | ||
| 693 | 13:9 | rr9a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | Jesus is emphasizing that what he has just said is important and may take some effort to understand and put into practice. Here, **has an ear** is a metonym for the willingness to understand and obey. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If anyone is willing to listen, listen” or “If anyone is willing to understand, let him understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 694 | 13:9 | tx89 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person | εἴ τις ἔχει οὖς, ἀκουσάτω | 1 | Since Jesus is speaking directly to his audience, you may prefer to use the second person here. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “If you are willing to listen, listen” or “If you are willing to understand, then understand and obey” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) | |
| 695 | 13:10 | r6sx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν | 1 | This expression means that someone has decided who should be taken. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you may state explicitly who decided it. Alternate translation: “If God has decided that someone should be taken captive” or “If it is God’s will that someone should be taken into captivity” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 696 | 13:10 | ilzz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **captivity**, you can express it with the verb “capture.” Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for a certain person to captured” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 697 | 13:10 | ipw7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἴ τις εἰς αἰχμαλωσίαν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to capture a certain person” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 698 | 13:10 | mtu9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἴ τις ἐν μαχαίρῃ ἀποκτενεῖ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “If it is God’s will for the enemy to kill a certain person with a sword” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 699 | 13:10 | cdi9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν μαχαίρῃ | 1 | Here, **the sword** represents war. Alternate translation: “in war” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 700 | 13:10 | d2rw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δεῖ αὐτὸν & ἀποκτανθῆναι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the enemy will kill him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 701 | 13:10 | pk8r | ὧδέ ἐστιν ἡ ὑπομονὴ καὶ ἡ πίστις τῶν ἁγίων | 1 | Alternate translation: “God’s holy people must endure patiently and be faithful” | ||
| 702 | 13:11 | pg7g | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn begins to describe another beast who appears in his vision. | ||
| 703 | 13:11 | e7aw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἐλάλει ὡς δράκων | 1 | Harsh speech is spoken of as if it were the roar of **a dragon**. Alternate translation: “it spoke harshly like a dragon speaks” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 704 | 13:11 | k9g8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | δράκων | 1 | The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 705 | 13:12 | a2fp | τὴν γῆν καὶ τοὺς ἐν αὐτῇ κατοικοῦντας | 1 | Alternate translation: “everyone on the earth” | ||
| 706 | 13:12 | ys3n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οὗ ἐθεραπεύθη ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the one who had a lethal wound that healed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 707 | 13:12 | jc77 | ἡ πληγὴ τοῦ θανάτου | 1 | This was an injury that was serious enough that it could have made him die. Alternate translation: “deadly wound” | ||
| 708 | 13:13 | z2ws | ποιεῖ | 1 | Alternate translation: “the beast from the earth performed” | ||
| 709 | 13:15 | dl87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτῷ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God permitted the beast from the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 710 | 13:15 | cw55 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | δοῦναι πνεῦμα τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | Here, **breath** represents life. Alternate translation: “to give life to the beast’s image” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 711 | 13:15 | dey8 | τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | This is **the image** of the first **beast** that had been mentioned. | ||
| 712 | 13:15 | ruk5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ποιήσῃ ὅσοι ἐὰν μὴ προσκυνήσωσιν τῇ εἰκόνι τοῦ θηρίου ἀποκτανθῶσιν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “might put to death anyone who refused to worship the first beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 713 | 13:16 | h9u9 | καὶ ποιεῖ πάντας | 1 | Alternate translation: “And the beast from the earth also forced everyone” | ||
| 714 | 13:17 | t7wm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | μή τις δύνηται ἀγοράσαι ἢ πωλῆσαι, εἰ μὴ ὁ ἔχων τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | The implicit information is that the beast from the earth commanded these things. If your readers would misunderstand this phrase, you can state this explicitly. Alternate translation: “he commanded that people could buy or sell things only if they had the mark of the beast” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 715 | 13:17 | j8x4 | τὸ χάραγμα, τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | The **mark** indicated that the person who received it worshiped **the beast**. | ||
| 716 | 13:18 | i46m | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThis verse is a break from John’s account of his vision. Here he gives another warning to the people reading his account. | ||
| 717 | 13:18 | uk74 | ὧδε ἡ σοφία ἐστίν | 1 | Alternate translation: “Wisdom is needed” or “You need to be wise about this” | ||
| 718 | 13:18 | z8tz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ὁ ἔχων νοῦν ψηφισάτω | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **insight**, you can express it with the verb “understand.” Alternate translation: “If anyone is able to understand things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 719 | 13:18 | ri1y | ψηφισάτω τὸν ἀριθμὸν τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | Alternate translation: “he should discern what the number of the beast means” or “he should figure out what the number of the beast means” | ||
| 720 | 13:18 | bbn2 | ἀριθμὸς & ἀνθρώπου ἐστίν | 1 | The **number** could represent: (1) one person. (2) all of humanity. | ||
| 721 | 14:intro | q71v | 0 | # Revelation 14 General Notes\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Harvest\n\nHarvest is when people go out to gather ripe food from plants. Jesus used this as a metaphor to teach his followers that they need to go and tell other people about him so those people can be part of God’s kingdom. This chapter uses the metaphor of two harvests. Jesus gathers in his people from the whole earth. Then an angel gathers in wicked people whom God will punish. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]]) | |||
| 722 | 14:1 | e7u7 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe word **I** refers to John. | ||
| 723 | 14:1 | ck6y | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn begins to describe the next part of his vision. There are 144,000 believers standing before the Lamb. | ||
| 724 | 14:1 | a3kz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὸ Ἀρνίον | 1 | A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 725 | 14:1 | uc96 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες | 1 | See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 726 | 14:1 | z963 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἔχουσαι τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, καὶ τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ, γεγραμμένον ἐπὶ τῶν μετώπων αὐτῶν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “on whose foreheads the Lamb and his Father had written their names” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 727 | 14:1 | rf47 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples | τοῦ Πατρὸς αὐτοῦ | 1 | **Father** is an important title for God that describes the relationship between God and Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) | |
| 728 | 14:2 | hwu4 | φωνὴν ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | Alternate translation: “a sound from heaven” | ||
| 729 | 14:3 | sz1f | ᾄδουσιν ᾠδὴν καινὴν | 1 | This phrase explains what the sound was that John heard in verse 2. Alternate translation: “that sound was a new song that they sang” or “the sound was the 144,000 people singing a new song” | ||
| 730 | 14:3 | ii11 | τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων | 1 | See how you translated “living creature” in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) | ||
| 731 | 14:3 | m75y | τῶν πρεσβυτέρων | 1 | Here, **the elders** refers to the twenty-four elders around the throne. See how you translated “elders” in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). | ||
| 732 | 14:3 | q6fc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τέσσαρες χιλιάδες | 1 | See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:4](../07/04.md). Alternate translation: “one hundred forty-four thousand” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 733 | 14:4 | jet6 | μετὰ γυναικῶν οὐκ ἐμολύνθησαν | 1 | This could mean: (1) they have never had immoral sexual relations with a woman. (2) they have never had sexual relations with a woman. Defiling oneself with women may be a symbol of worshiping idols. | ||
| 734 | 14:4 | a7ir | παρθένοι | 1 | This could mean: (1) they did not have sexual relations with a woman who was not their wife. (2) they are virgins. | ||
| 735 | 14:4 | q3hg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ ἀκολουθοῦντες τῷ Ἀρνίῳ ὅπου ἂν ὑπάγει | 1 | Doing what the Lamb does is spoken of as following him. Alternate translation: “they do whatever the Lamb does” or “they obey the Lamb” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 736 | 14:4 | mlw3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἠγοράσθησαν ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἀπαρχὴ | 1 | Here, **firstfruits** is a metaphor for the first offering to be made to God in celebration of harvest. Alternate translation: “have been purchased out of the midst of the rest of mankind as a special celebration of salvation” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 737 | 14:5 | ga8p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν τῷ στόματι αὐτῶν οὐχ εὑρέθη ψεῦδος | 1 | Here, **their mouth** refers to “what they said.” Alternate translation: “they never lied when they spoke” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 738 | 14:6 | n1fr | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn begins to describe the next part of his vision. This is the first of three angels who proclaim judgment on the earth. | ||
| 739 | 14:6 | pp1l | πᾶν ἔθνος, καὶ φυλὴν, καὶ γλῶσσαν, καὶ λαόν | 1 | This means that people from every ethnic group are included. See how you translated a similar list in [Revelation 5:9](../05/09.md). | ||
| 740 | 14:7 | cj5z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **the hour** represents the time that has been chosen for something, and the hour having **come** is a metaphor for now being the chosen time. Alternate translation: “now is the time that God has chosen for judgment” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 741 | 14:7 | reu7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα τῆς κρίσεως αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “it is now the time for God to judge people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 742 | 14:8 | b18s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔπεσεν, ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη | 1 | The angel speaks of **Babylon** having been destroyed as if it had **fallen**. Alternate translation: “Babylon the great has been destroyed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 743 | 14:8 | jh3r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη | 1 | This was probably a symbol for the city of Rome, which was large, wealthy, and sinful. Alternate translation: “Babylon the large city” or “the important city of Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 744 | 14:8 | kg1i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἣ & πεπότικεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | Babylon is spoken of as if it were a person, instead of a city filled with people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 745 | 14:8 | ldz2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἣ ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πεπότικεν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | Here, **to drink from the wine** is a symbol for participating in her sexually **immoral passion**. Alternate translation: “to be sexually immoral like her” or “to get drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 746 | 14:8 | v3zk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς | 1 | Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along with her. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 747 | 14:8 | bey2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς | 1 | Here, **immoral passion** may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 748 | 14:10 | qw28 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | καὶ αὐτὸς πίεται ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, **to drink from the wine of the wrath of God** is a symbol for being punished by God. Alternate translation: “will also drink some of the wine that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 749 | 14:10 | fe83 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that God has poured full strength” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 750 | 14:10 | bb38 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ κεκερασμένου ἀκράτου | 1 | This means that the wine has no water mixed into it. It is strong, and a person who drinks much of it will get very drunk. As a symbol, it means that God will be extremely angry, not just a little angry. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 751 | 14:10 | zl4g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τῷ ποτηρίῳ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ | 1 | This symbolic **cup** holds the wine that represents God’s **anger**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 752 | 14:11 | dds6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ καπνὸς τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῶν | 1 | The phrase **their torment** refers to the fire that torments them. Alternate translation: “the smoke from the fire that torments them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 753 | 14:11 | z5ea | οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἀνάπαυσιν | 1 | Alternate translation: “they have no relief” or “the torment does not stop” | ||
| 754 | 14:12 | me1j | ὧδε ἡ ὑπομονὴ τῶν ἁγίων ἐστίν | 1 | See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 13:10](../13/10.md). | ||
| 755 | 14:12 | wo34 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τηροῦντες | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 756 | 14:13 | x62q | οἱ νεκροὶ οἱ & ἀποθνῄσκοντες | 1 | Alternate translation: “those who die” | ||
| 757 | 14:13 | hy1a | οἱ ἐν Κυρίῳ ἀποθνῄσκοντες | 1 | This may refer to believers who are killed by their enemies. Alternate translation: “who are united to the Lord and die” or “who die because they are united to the Lord” | ||
| 758 | 14:13 | v4xz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | τὰ & ἔργα αὐτῶν ἀκολουθεῖ μετ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | These **deeds** are spoken of as if they were alive and able to **follow** those who did them. This could mean: (1) others will know the good deeds these people have done. (2) God will reward them for their deeds. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 759 | 14:14 | ft6v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn begins to describe the next part of his vision. This part is about the Son of Man harvesting the earth. Harvesting the grain is a symbol of God’s judging people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 760 | 14:14 | gvw8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὅμοιον Υἱὸν Ἀνθρώπου | 1 | Here, the expression **a son of man** describes a human figure, someone who looks human. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:13](../01/13.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 761 | 14:14 | l89c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | δρέπανον ὀξύ | 1 | A **sickle** is a tool with a curved blade used for cutting grass, grain, and vines (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 762 | 14:15 | v6dy | ἐξῆλθεν ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ | 1 | Alternate translation: “came out of the heavenly temple” | ||
| 763 | 14:15 | v2xf | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἦλθεν ἡ ὥρα θερίσαι | 1 | Existing in the present is spoken of as having **come**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 764 | 14:16 | nt7k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐθερίσθη ἡ γῆ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “he harvested the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 765 | 14:18 | jp7l | ὁ ἔχων ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τοῦ πυρός | 1 | Here, **authority over** refers to responsibility to tend **the fire**. | ||
| 766 | 14:19 | f3mn | τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ τὸν μέγαν | 1 | Alternate translation: “the large wine vat where God will show his wrath” | ||
| 767 | 14:20 | b1bw | ληνὸς | 1 | This is “the great winepress” of [Revelation 14:19](../14/19.md). | ||
| 768 | 14:20 | xt4z | ἄχρι τῶν χαλινῶν τῶν ἵππων | 1 | Alternate translation: “as high as the bridle in a horse’s mouth” | ||
| 769 | 14:20 | m2i9 | τῶν χαλινῶν | 1 | A **bridle** is device made of leather straps that goes around a horse’s head and is used for directing the horse. | ||
| 770 | 14:20 | gdl8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων | 1 | Alternate translation: “one thousand six hundred stadia” or “sixteen hundred stadia” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 771 | 14:20 | dbz1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | σταδίων χιλίων ἑξακοσίων | 1 | A “stadium” is 185 meters. The plural form of “stradium” is **stadia**. In modern measures this would be about “300 kilometers” or “200 miles.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) | |
| 772 | 15:intro | zxt7 | 0 | # Revelation 15 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nIn this chapter, John describes events and pictures that occur in heaven.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 3-4.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “Victorious over the beast”\n\nThese people are spiritually victorious. While most spiritual battles cannot be seen, the Book of Revelation pictures spiritual battles as openly occurring. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/spirit]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### “The temple having the tent of witness, was open in heaven”\n\nScripture elsewhere indicates the earthly temple copied God’s perfect dwelling place in heaven. Here John seems to refer to God’s heavenly dwelling place or temple. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Songs\n\nThe Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. | |||
| 773 | 15:1 | p98c | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThis verse is a summary of what will happen in 15:6-16:21. | ||
| 774 | 15:1 | l345 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | μέγα καὶ θαυμαστόν | 1 | The words **great** and **marvelous** have similar meanings and are used for emphasis. Alternate translation: “something that greatly amazed me” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 775 | 15:1 | w6lf | ἀγγέλους ἑπτὰ ἔχοντας πληγὰς ἑπτὰ | 1 | Alternate translation: “seven angels who had authority to send seven plagues on the earth” | ||
| 776 | 15:1 | mw7g | τὰς ἐσχάτας | 1 | Alternate translation: “and after them, there will not be any more plagues” | ||
| 777 | 15:1 | ij3d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “for these plagues will complete the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 778 | 15:1 | gdt5 | ὅτι ἐν αὐταῖς ἐτελέσθη ὁ θυμὸς τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | This could mean: (1) these plagues will show all of God’s anger. (2) after these plagues, God will no longer be angry. | ||
| 779 | 15:2 | ytq6 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nHere John begins to describe his vision of the people who had been victorious over the beast and who are praising God. | ||
| 780 | 15:2 | n9yj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | θάλασσαν ὑαλίνην | 1 | You can state explicitly how it was like **glass** or **a sea**. This could mean: (1) a sea is spoken of as if it were glass. Alternate translation: “a sea that was as smooth as glass” (2) glass if spoken of as if it were a sea. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md). Alternate translation: “glass that was spread out like a sea” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 781 | 15:2 | pt8v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τοὺς νικῶντας ἐκ τοῦ θηρίου, καὶ ἐκ τῆς εἰκόνος αὐτοῦ | 1 | You can state explicitly how they were **victorious**. Alternate translation: “who had been victorious over the beast and his image by not worshiping them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 782 | 15:2 | dbz9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ | 1 | You can state explicitly how they were victorious over **the number**. Alternate translation: “over the number representing his name by not being marked with that number” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 783 | 15:2 | lra7 | τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ | 1 | This refers to **the number** described in [Revelation 13:18](../13/18.md). | ||
| 784 | 15:3 | l5hu | ᾄδουσιν | 1 | Alternate translation: “those who had been victorious over the beast were singing” | ||
| 785 | 15:4 | hh87 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς οὐ μὴ φοβηθῇ, Κύριε, καὶ δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου, ὅτι μόνος ὅσιος? | 1 | This question is used to show their amazement at how great and glorious the Lord is. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you can express it as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Lord, everyone will fear you and glorify your name because you are holy!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 786 | 15:4 | j9gj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | δοξάσει τὸ ὄνομά σου | 1 | The phrase **your name** refers to God. Alternate translation: “glorify you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 787 | 15:4 | ei9k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὰ δικαιώματά σου ἐφανερώθησαν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you have made everyone know about your righteous deeds” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 788 | 15:5 | v4ye | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe seven angels with the seven plagues come out of the most holy place. They were spoken of previously in [Revelation 15:1](../15/01.md). | ||
| 789 | 15:5 | da6n | μετὰ ταῦτα | 1 | Alternate translation: “after the people finished singing” | ||
| 790 | 15:6 | f9gq | οἱ ἑπτὰ ἄγγελοι οἱ ἔχοντες τὰς ἑπτὰ πληγὰς | 1 | These **seven angels** were seen as **holding** **seven plagues** because in [Revelation 17:7](../17/07.md) they are given seven bowls full of the wrath of God. | ||
| 791 | 15:6 | nei2 | λίθον | 1 | Linen is a fine, expensive cloth made from flax. | ||
| 792 | 15:6 | w9kw | ζώνας χρυσᾶς | 1 | A sash is a decorative piece of cloth worn on the upper body. | ||
| 793 | 15:7 | s4dj | τῶν τεσσάρων ζῴων | 1 | See how you translated **living creatures** in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) | ||
| 794 | 15:7 | z1wz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἑπτὰ φιάλας χρυσᾶς, γεμούσας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | The word **wrath** here refers to punishment. Alternate translation: “seven gold bowls full of something that represents the wrath of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 795 | 15:8 | s67r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἄχρι τελεσθῶσιν αἱ ἑπτὰ πληγαὶ τῶν ἑπτὰ ἀγγέλων | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until the seven angels finished sending the seven plagues to the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 796 | 16:intro | v1cm | 0 | # Revelation 16 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter continues the vision of chapter 15. Together they give the seven plagues that complete the wrath of God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/wrath]])\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 5-7.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### “I heard a loud voice call out of the temple”\n\nThis is the same temple that was mentioned in chapter 15.\n\n### Seven bowls of God’s wrath\n\nThis chapter reveals severe judgments. They are pictured as angels pouring out seven bowls of God’s wrath. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\nThe tone of this chapter is meant to astonish the reader. Translations should not minimize the vivid language expressed in this chapter.\n\n### Armageddon\n\nThis is a Hebrew word. It is the name of a place. John used the sounds of the Hebrew word and wrote them with Greek letters. Translators are encouraged to transliterate it using the letters of the target language. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) | |||
| 797 | 16:1 | nj83 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn continues to describe the part of the vision about the seven angels with the seven plagues. The seven plagues are the seven bowls of God’s wrath. | ||
| 798 | 16:1 | t995 | ἤκουσα | 1 | Here, **I** refers to John. | ||
| 799 | 16:1 | k2nq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | φιάλας τοῦ θυμοῦ τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 15:7](../15/07.md). Alternate translation: “bowls full of something that represents God’s wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 800 | 16:2 | n7mw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ | 1 | The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 801 | 16:2 | e66u | ἕλκος κακὸν καὶ πονηρὸν | 1 | These could be infections from diseases or injuries that have not healed. | ||
| 802 | 16:2 | nux1 | τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | The **mark of the beast** was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md). | ||
| 803 | 16:3 | nc6a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ | 1 | The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 804 | 16:3 | sx66 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τὴν θάλασσαν | 1 | Here, **the sea** refers to all the salt water lakes and oceans. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 805 | 16:4 | p4ae | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ | 1 | The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 806 | 16:4 | xu1y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche | τοὺς ποταμοὺς καὶ τὰς πηγὰς τῶν ὑδάτων | 1 | This refers to all bodies of fresh **water**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) | |
| 807 | 16:5 | f35a | τοῦ ἀγγέλου τῶν ὑδάτων | 1 | This could refers to: (1) the third **angel** who was in charge of pouring out God’s wrath on the rivers and springs of water. (2) another **angel** who was in charge of all the waters. | ||
| 808 | 16:5 | e45u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | δίκαιος εἶ | 1 | Here, **You** refers to God. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 809 | 16:5 | itg7 | ὁ ὢν, καὶ ὁ ἦν | 1 | See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:4](../01/04.md). Alternate translation: “God who is and who was” | ||
| 810 | 16:6 | b6wa | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | αἷμα ἁγίων καὶ προφητῶν ἐξέχεαν | 1 | Here, **poured out the blood** means they killed them. Alternate translation: “they murdered God’s holy people and the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 811 | 16:6 | jy6a | καὶ αἷμα αὐτοῖς ἔδωκας πιεῖν | 1 | God will make the evil people **drink** the waters that he turned to **blood**. | ||
| 812 | 16:7 | p4c5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἤκουσα τοῦ θυσιαστηρίου λέγοντος | 1 | Here, **altar** here refers perhaps to someone at the altar. “I heard someone at the altar reply” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 813 | 16:8 | nne6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ | 1 | The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 814 | 16:8 | l6n2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους | 1 | John speaks about the sun as if it were a person. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 815 | 16:8 | jf31 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτῷ καυματίσαι τοὺς ἀνθρώπους | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and caused the sun to severely burn the people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 816 | 16:9 | i2du | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκαυματίσθησαν οἱ ἄνθρωποι καῦμα μέγα | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the extreme heat burned them badly” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 817 | 16:9 | pr4e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐβλασφήμησαν τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, **the name of God** represents God. Alternate translation: “they blasphemed God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 818 | 16:9 | aza1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ Θεοῦ, τοῦ ἔχοντος τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας | 1 | This phrase reminds readers of something they already know about **God**. It helps to explain why the people were blaspheming God. Alternate translation: “God because he has the power over these plagues” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 819 | 16:9 | rd4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὴν ἐξουσίαν ἐπὶ τὰς πληγὰς ταύτας | 1 | This refers to the power to inflict **these plague** on people, and the power to stop the plagues. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 820 | 16:10 | f1pm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ | 1 | The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 821 | 16:10 | a2ud | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸν θρόνον τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | The **throne of the beast** is where the beast reigns from. It may refer to the capital city of his kingdom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 822 | 16:10 | hit6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐγένετο ἡ βασιλεία αὐτοῦ ἐσκοτωμένη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the contents of the bowl made the kingdom of the beast dark” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 823 | 16:10 | pb1u | ἐμασῶντο | 1 | Here, **they** refers to the people in the beast’s kingdom. | ||
| 824 | 16:11 | kna6 | ἐβλασφήμησαν | 1 | Here, **they** refers to the people in the beast’s kingdom. | ||
| 825 | 16:12 | kv5y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ | 1 | The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 826 | 16:12 | amf1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὸν Εὐφράτην, καὶ ἐξηράνθη τὸ ὕδωρ αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. You can also make it into two sentences. Alternate translation: “the Euphrates, and caused its water to dry up” or “the Euphrates. Its water dried up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 827 | 16:13 | bb6d | ὡς βάτραχοι | 1 | A frog is a small animal that lives near water. Jews considered them unclean animals. | ||
| 828 | 16:13 | ai28 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ δράκοντος | 1 | A **dragon** is a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. The dragon is also identified in verse 9 as “the devil or Satan.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:3](../12/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 829 | 16:15 | u3v8 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nVerse 15 is a break from the main story line of John’s vision. These are words spoken by Jesus. The story line continues in verse 16. | ||
| 830 | 16:15 | l16g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | (ἰδοὺ, ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης; μακάριος ὁ γρηγορῶν καὶ τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ, ἵνα μὴ γυμνὸς περιπατῇ, καὶ βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ.) | 1 | This is in parentheses to show that it is not part of the story line in the vision. Rather, this is something that the Lord Jesus said. You can state explicitly that the Lord Jesus said this, as in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 831 | 16:15 | lgi6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ἔρχομαι ὡς κλέπτης | 1 | Jesus will **come** at a time when people do not expect him, just as **a thief** comes when not expected. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 3:3](../03/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 832 | 16:15 | b6f4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τηρῶν | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). However, the occurence of the word here in this verse has a special sense of holding on to something so as not to give it up or lose it. The meaning is close or similar to the meaning found in the second instance of the word in [Revelation 3:10](../03/10.md). Thus, the translator should attempt to distinguish the translation of the word here from the other instances of the word in the book of Revelation, as the UST distinguishes here in this verse and its context. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 833 | 16:15 | an84 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ | 1 | Living the right way is spoken of as keeping one’s clothes on. Alternate translation: “doing what is right, like keeping his clothes on” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 834 | 16:15 | cia7 | τηρῶν τὰ ἱμάτια αὐτοῦ | 1 | Some versions translate this phrase as, “keeps his garments with him.” | ||
| 835 | 16:15 | qwa2 | βλέπωσιν τὴν ἀσχημοσύνην αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here the word **they** refers to other people. | ||
| 836 | 16:16 | m2v7 | συνήγαγεν αὐτοὺς | 1 | Alternate translation: “the spirits of the demons brought the kings and their armies together” | ||
| 837 | 16:16 | cdx1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὸν τόπον τὸν καλούμενον | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the place that people call” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 838 | 16:16 | x6ff | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names | Ἁρμαγεδών | 1 | **Armageddon** is the name of a place. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) | |
| 839 | 16:17 | ny8p | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe seventh angel pours out the seventh bowl of God’s wrath. | ||
| 840 | 16:17 | nhs7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξέχεεν τὴν φιάλην αὐτοῦ | 1 | The word **bowl** refers to what is in it. See how you translated this in [Revelation 16:2](../16/02.md). Alternate translation: “poured out God’s wrath from his bowl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 841 | 16:17 | a15p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | καὶ ἐξῆλθεν φωνὴ μεγάλη ἐκ τοῦ ναοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου | 1 | This means someone sitting on **the throne** or someone standing near the throne spoke loudly. It is unclear who is speaking. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 842 | 16:18 | x586 | ἀστραπαὶ | 1 | Use your language’s way of describing what **lightning** looks like each time it appears. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). | ||
| 843 | 16:18 | c9fa | φωναὶ, καὶ βρονταί | 1 | These **sounds and crashes** are the loud noises that **thunder** makes. Use your language’s way of describing the sound of thunder. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:5](../04/05.md). | ||
| 844 | 16:19 | q8lg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐγένετο ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη εἰς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the earthquake split the great city into” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 845 | 16:19 | r2vh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη ἐμνήσθη ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | This does not mean that God remembered something he had forgotten. Alternate translation: “then God remembered Babylon the Great” or “then God thought of Babylon the Great” or “then God started to pay attention to Babylon the Great” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 846 | 16:19 | g6s8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | δοῦναι αὐτῇ τὸ ποτήριον τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **the wine** is a symbol of his **wrath**. Making people drink it is a symbol of punishing them. Alternate translation: “he made the people of that city drink the wine that represents his wrath” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 847 | 16:20 | byn4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὄρη οὐχ εὑρέθησαν | 1 | The inability to see any **mountains** is metonymy expressing the idea that no mountains existed any longer. Alternate translation: “there were no longer any mountains” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 848 | 16:21 | i43r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight | ταλαντιαία | 1 | You may convert the **talent** to a modern measure. Alternate translation: “33 kilograms” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) | |
| 849 | 17:intro | ysn1 | 0 | # Revelation 17 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter begins to describe how God will destroy Babylon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Prostitute\n\nScripture often pictures idolatrous Jews as adulterous people and sometimes as prostitutes. This is not the reference here. The translator should allow this illustration to be vague. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n### Seven hills\n\nThis possibly refers to the city of Rome, which was known as the city on seven hills. However, the translator should not attempt to identify Rome in the translation.\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nJohn uses many different metaphors in this chapter. He explains some of their meanings, but allows them to remain relatively unclear. The translator should attempt to do the same. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### “The beast you saw existed, does not exist now, but is about to come up”\n\nThis and similar phrases in this chapter contrast the beast with Jesus. Jesus is called “the one who is, and who was, and who is to come” elsewhere in the Book of Revelation. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])\n\n### Paradox\n\nA paradox is a true statement that appears to describe something impossible. This sentence in 17:11 is a paradox: “the beast … is itself also an eighth king; but it is one of those seven kings.” The translator should not attempt to resolve this paradox. It should remain a mystery. ([Revelation 17:11](../rev/17/11.md)) | |||
| 850 | 17:1 | ppd7 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe the part of his vision about the great prostitute. | ||
| 851 | 17:1 | c6f4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | τὸ κρίμα τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun “judgment”, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “how God will judge the great prostitute” or “how God will condemn the great prostitute”(See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 852 | 17:1 | f7ry | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τῆς πόρνης τῆς μεγάλης | 1 | Here, **the great prostitute** represents a certain sinful city. Alternate translation: “the prostitute that everyone knows about” or “a certain sinful city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 853 | 17:1 | crs4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐπὶ ὑδάτων πολλῶν | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a more specific word for the kind of water. Alternate translation: “on many rivers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 854 | 17:2 | paa4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἐμεθύσθησαν οἱ κατοικοῦντες τὴν γῆν ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς | 1 | Here to be **drunk from the wine of her sexual immorality** represents fully giving themselves over to doing sexually immoral acts. Alternate translation: “the people of the earth fully engaged in every kind of sexual immorality” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 855 | 17:2 | f1yb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish | τοῦ οἴνου τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς | 1 | Here, **the wine** represents **sexual immorality**. Alternate translation: “her wine, that is, they were sexually immoral” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) | |
| 856 | 17:2 | ayw3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς | 1 | This may well have a double meaning: **sexual immorality** among people and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 857 | 17:3 | hf43 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | ἀπήνεγκέν με εἰς ἔρημον ἐν Πνεύματι | 1 | The setting changes from John being in heaven to being in **a wilderness**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 858 | 17:4 | rw19 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | μαργαρίταις | 1 | A pearl is a beautiful and valuable white bead that is formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 859 | 17:5 | az5b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐπὶ τὸ μέτωπον αὐτῆς ὄνομα γεγραμμένον | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written on her forehead a name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 860 | 17:5 | l75t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | Βαβυλὼν ἡ Μεγάλη | 1 | If it needs to be made explicit that the name refers to the woman, it can be put in a new sentence. Alternate translation: “I am Babylon, the powerful one” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 861 | 17:6 | iq7b | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThe angel begins to explain to John the meaning of the prostitute and the red beast. The angel explains these things through verse 18. | ||
| 862 | 17:6 | iwz1 | μεθύουσαν ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος & καὶ ἐκ τοῦ αἵματος | 1 | Alternate translation: “was drunk because she had drunk the blood … and had drunk the blood” | ||
| 863 | 17:6 | yqi7 | τῶν μαρτύρων Ἰησοῦ | 1 | Alternate translation: “of the believers who have died because they told others about Jesus” | ||
| 864 | 17:6 | ydi9 | ἐθαύμασα | 1 | Alternate translation: “I was amazed” or “I was surprised” | ||
| 865 | 17:7 | j412 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | διὰ τί ἐθαύμασας? | 1 | The angel used this question to gently scold John. If your readers would misunderstand thuis question, you could express it as a statement. Alternate translation: “You should not be astonished!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 866 | 17:8 | upm7 | τῆς Ἀβύσσου | 1 | The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). | ||
| 867 | 17:8 | usl4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | καὶ εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **destruction**, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “and then he will be destroyed” or “and God will destroy him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 868 | 17:8 | glf1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει | 1 | The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were going to it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 869 | 17:8 | r6h4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὧν οὐ γέγραπται τὰ ὀνόματα | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “those whose names God did not write” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 870 | 17:9 | p6lr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **mind** and **wisdom**, you can express them with “think” and “wise” or “wisely.” Alternate translation: “You need to think wisely in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 871 | 17:9 | xcyo | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ὧδε ὁ νοῦς ὁ ἔχων σοφίαν | 1 | You can state explicitly why a wise **mind** is needed. Alternate translation: “A wise mind is needed in order to understand this” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 872 | 17:9 | nr42 | αἱ ἑπτὰ κεφαλαὶ ἑπτὰ ὄρη εἰσίν | 1 | Here, **are** means “stand for” or “represent.” | ||
| 873 | 17:10 | yk93 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ πέντε ἔπεσαν | 1 | The angel speaks of dying as falling. Alternate translation: “five kings have died” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 874 | 17:10 | d2wx | ὁ εἷς ἔστιν | 1 | Alternate translation: “one is king now” or “one king is alive now” | ||
| 875 | 17:10 | kw95 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ ἄλλος οὔπω ἦλθεν | 1 | Not having existed yet is spoken of as not yet having **come**. Alternate translation: “the other has not yet become king” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 876 | 17:10 | v8vx | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὅταν ἔλθῃ, ὀλίγον αὐτὸν δεῖ μεῖναι | 1 | The angel speaks of someone continuing to be king as if he were remaining in a place. Alternate translation: “he can be king only for a little while” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 877 | 17:11 | b1ct | ἐκ τῶν ἑπτά ἐστιν | 1 | This could mean: (1) the beast rules twice: first as one of the seven kings, and then as the eighth king. (2) the beast belongs to that group of seven kings because he is like them. | ||
| 878 | 17:11 | w7sk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | εἰς ἀπώλειαν ὑπάγει | 1 | The certainty of what will happen in the future is spoken of as if the beast were **going** to it. Alternate translation: “it will certainly be destroyed” or “God will surely destroy it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 879 | 17:12 | gq2m | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe angel explains the meaning of the ten horns of the beast. | ||
| 880 | 17:12 | n2rd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | μίαν ὥραν | 1 | If your language does not divide the day into 24 hours, you may need to use a more general expression. Alternate translation: “for a very short time” or “for a very small part of a day” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 881 | 17:13 | w7jb | οὗτοι μίαν γνώμην ἔχουσιν | 1 | Alternate translation: “These all think the same thing” or “These all agree to do the same thing” | ||
| 882 | 17:14 | wt9k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **Lamb** is used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 883 | 17:14 | abb5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | κλητοὶ, καὶ ἐκλεκτοὶ, καὶ πιστοί | 1 | This refers to one group of people. If your language does not use this passive form, you can state the words **called** and **chosen** in active form. Alternate translation: “the called, chosen, and faithful ones” or “the ones whom God has called and chosen, who are faithful to him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 884 | 17:15 | f5x6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὰ ὕδατα ἃ εἶδες, οὗ ἡ πόρνη κάθηται, λαοὶ καὶ ὄχλοι εἰσὶν, καὶ ἔθνη καὶ γλῶσσαι | 1 | Here, **are** stands for “represent.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 885 | 17:15 | kq1e | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | τὰ ὕδατα | 1 | If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use a more specific word for the kind of **water**. See how you translated “many waters” in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md). Alternate translation: “The rivers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 886 | 17:15 | zsh5 | ὄχλοι | 1 | large groups of people | ||
| 887 | 17:15 | ua3s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | γλῶσσαι | 1 | Here, **tongues** refers to people who speak the languages. See how you translated this in [Revelation 10:11](../10/11.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 888 | 17:16 | j157 | ἠρημωμένην ποιήσουσιν αὐτὴν καὶ γυμνήν | 1 | Alternate translation: “they will steal everything that she has and leave her with nothing” | ||
| 889 | 17:16 | f9as | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὰς σάρκας αὐτῆς φάγονται | 1 | Destroying her completely is spoken of as eating all **her flesh**. Alternate translation: “they will destroy her completely” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 890 | 17:17 | y8cn | ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι τὴν γνώμην αὐτοῦ, καὶ ποιῆσαι μίαν γνώμην, καὶ δοῦναι τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν τῷ θηρίῳ, ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | They would agree to give their power **to the beast**, but it would not be that they want to obey **God**. Alternate translation: “For God has put it into their hearts to agree to give their kingdom to the beast until God’s words are fulfilled, and by doing this, they would carry out God’s purpose” | ||
| 891 | 17:17 | sb1d | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι | 1 | Here, **heart** is a metonym for desires. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 892 | 17:17 | j0ts | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ γὰρ Θεὸς ἔδωκεν εἰς τὰς καρδίας αὐτῶν ποιῆσαι | 1 | Making them want to do something is spoken of as putting it **into their hearts** to do it. Alternate translation: “God has made them want to do” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 893 | 17:17 | ku6m | τὴν βασιλείαν αὐτῶν | 1 | Alternate translation: “their authority” or “their kingly authority” | ||
| 894 | 17:17 | el9y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἄχρι τελεσθήσονται οἱ λόγοι τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “until God fulfills what he said will happen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 895 | 17:18 | w2lu | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe angel finishes speaking to John about the prostitute and the beast. | ||
| 896 | 17:18 | md61 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔστιν | 1 | Here, **is** stands for “represents.” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 897 | 17:18 | uy1m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ ἔχουσα βασιλείαν | 1 | When it says that the **city** rules, it means that the leader of the city rules. Alternate translation: “the great city whose leader rules” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 898 | 18:intro | j5qc | 0 | # Revelation 18 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Prophecy\n\nThe angel prophesies about Babylon falling, which here means being destroyed. It is spoken of as having already happened. This is common in prophecy. It emphasizes that the coming judgment will certainly happen. The angel also prophesies that the people will lament over Babylon falling. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-apocalyptic]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Metaphors\n\nProphecy frequently uses metaphors. This chapter has a slightly different apocalyptic style than the Book of Revelation overall. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |||
| 899 | 18:1 | xxe5 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nAnother angel comes down from heaven and speaks. This is a different angel than the one in the previous chapter, who spoke about the prostitute and the beast. | ||
| 900 | 18:2 | a2f5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔπεσεν, Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη | 1 | The angel speaks of **Babylon** having been destroyed as if it had fallen. See how you translated this in [Revelation 14:8](../14/08.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 901 | 18:2 | fl3m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη | 1 | The angel speaks of the city of Babylon as if it were a prostitute. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 902 | 18:3 | l5jq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | πάντα τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | Here, **the nations** is a metonym for the people of those nations. Alternate translation: “the people of all the nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 903 | 18:3 | kpp1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ἐκ τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς, πέπτωκαν | 1 | Here, drinking **from the wine of her immoral passion** is a symbol for participating in her sexually immoral passion. Alternate translation: “have become sexually immoral like her” or “have become drunk like her in sexual sin” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 904 | 18:3 | j1at | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς πορνείας αὐτῆς | 1 | This may well have a double meaning: literal sexual immorality and also the worship of false gods. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 905 | 18:3 | kp3p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | μετ’ αὐτῆς ἐπόρνευσαν | 1 | Babylon is spoken of as if it were a prostitute who has caused other people to sin along **with her**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 906 | 18:3 | ejc5 | ἔμποροι | 1 | A merchant is a person who sells things. | ||
| 907 | 18:3 | ql37 | ἐκ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ στρήνους αὐτῆς | 1 | Alternate translation: “because she spent so much money on sexual immorality” | ||
| 908 | 18:4 | nz77 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἄλλην φωνὴν | 1 | Here, **voice** refers to the speaker, which is probably either Jesus or the Father. Alternate translation: “someone else” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 909 | 18:5 | e32w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐκολλήθησαν αὐτῆς αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ἄχρι τοῦ οὐρανοῦ | 1 | The voice speaks of Babylon’s **sins** as if they were objects that could form a pile. Alternate translation: “her sins are so many they are like a pile that reaches heaven” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 910 | 18:5 | u2yu | ἐμνημόνευσεν | 1 | This does not mean that God **remembered** something he had forgotten. See how you translated “called to mind” in [Revelation 16:19](../16/19.md). Alternate translation: “has thought of” or “has started to pay attention to” | ||
| 911 | 18:6 | ec42 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀπόδοτε αὐτῇ ὡς καὶ αὐτὴ ἀπέδωκεν | 1 | The voice speaks of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “Punish her as she has punished others” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 912 | 18:6 | pa62 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | διπλώσατε τὰ διπλᾶ | 1 | The voice speaks of punishment as if it were repayment. Alternate translation: “punish her twice as much” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 913 | 18:6 | xba5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐν τῷ ποτηρίῳ ᾧ ἐκέρασεν, κεράσατε αὐτῇ διπλοῦν | 1 | The voice speaks of causing others to suffer as preparing strong wine for them to drink. Alternate translation: “prepare for her the wine of suffering that is twice as strong as what she made for others” or “make her suffer twice as much as she made others suffer” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 914 | 18:6 | l3n5 | κεράσατε & διπλοῦν | 1 | Here, **mix double** could mean: (1) they should prepare twice the amount. (2) they should make it twice as strong. | ||
| 915 | 18:7 | we2t | ἐδόξασεν αὑτὴν | 1 | Alternate translation: “the people of Babylon glorified themselves” | ||
| 916 | 18:7 | yt32 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὅτι ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτῆς λέγει | 1 | Here, **heart** is a metonym for a person’s mind or thoughts. Alternate translation: “For she says to herself” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 917 | 18:7 | m3mg | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | κάθημαι βασίλισσα | 1 | She claims to be a ruler, having her own authority. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 918 | 18:7 | dy5k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | χήρα οὐκ εἰμί | 1 | She implies that she will not be dependent on other people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 919 | 18:7 | eh5r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | πένθος οὐ μὴ ἴδω | 1 | Experiencing mourning is spoken of as seeing **mourning**. Alternate translation: “I will never mourn” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 920 | 18:8 | u6r9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἥξουσιν αἱ πληγαὶ αὐτῆς | 1 | Existing in the future is spoken of as coming. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 921 | 18:8 | vkk2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται | 1 | Being burned up by fire is spoken of as being eaten up **by fire**. Alternate translation: “she will be completely burned up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 922 | 18:8 | tjd9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐν πυρὶ κατακαυθήσεται | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “fire will completely burn her up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 923 | 18:9 | lj14 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nIn these verses the word **her** refers to the city of Babylon. | ||
| 924 | 18:9 | wk13 | μετ’ αὐτῆς πορνεύσαντες καὶ στρηνιάσαντες | 1 | Alternate translation: “sinned sexually and did whatever they wanted just as the people of Babylon did” | ||
| 925 | 18:10 | j3ln | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **torment**, you can express it with a verb. Alternate translation: “because they were afraid that they would be tormented like Babylon” or “because they were afraid that God would torment them as he torments Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 926 | 18:10 | qn81 | οὐαὶ, οὐαί | 1 | The word **Woe** is repeated for emphasis. | ||
| 927 | 18:10 | hkd8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἦλθεν ἡ κρίσις σου | 1 | Existing in the present is spoken of as having **come**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 928 | 18:11 | fe7u | πενθοῦσιν ἐπ’ αὐτήν | 1 | Alternate translation: “mourn for the people of Babylon” | ||
| 929 | 18:12 | krs3 | λίθου τιμίου, καὶ μαργαριτῶν | 1 | See how you translated these in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). Alternate translation: “many kinds of expensive stones” | ||
| 930 | 18:12 | hnk1 | βυσσίνου | 1 | The **fine linen** is an expensive cloth made from flax. See how you translated “linen” in [Revelation 15:6](../15/06.md). | ||
| 931 | 18:12 | xm9u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | πορφύρας, καὶ σιρικοῦ, καὶ κοκκίνου | 1 | Purple cloth is a very dark red cloth that was very expensive at that time. Silk is a soft, strong cloth made from the fine string that silkworms make when they make their cocoons. Scarlet cloth was an expensive red cloth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 932 | 18:12 | hir4 | πᾶν σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον | 1 | Alternate translation: “all kinds of containers made of ivory” | ||
| 933 | 18:12 | yri7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σκεῦος ἐλεφάντινον | 1 | Ivory is a beautiful hard, white material that people get from the tusks or teeth of very large animals such as elephants or walruses. Alternate translation: “container made from tusks” or “container made from valuable animal teeth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 934 | 18:12 | b8xc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | μαρμάρου | 1 | Marble is a precious stone that is used for building and to make statues, furniture, and many other things. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 935 | 18:13 | gz3v | κιννάμωμον | 1 | Cinnamon is a spice that smells nice and comes from the bark of a certain kind of tree. | ||
| 936 | 18:13 | z894 | ἄμωμον | 1 | Spice is a substance used to add flavor to food or a good smell to oil. | ||
| 937 | 18:14 | x3kl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡ ὀπώρα | 1 | The **autumn fruit** refers to fruit that ripens in the fall. Here, it is a metaphor for “result” or “outcome.” Alternate translation: “result” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 938 | 18:14 | a1aa | τῆς ἐπιθυμίας τῆς ψυχῆς | 1 | Alternate translation: “what you wanted very much” | ||
| 939 | 18:14 | p7f7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν | 1 | Not to **be found** stands for not existing. Alternate translation: “has vanished, and they will never exist again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 940 | 18:14 | z9rv | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀπώλετο ἀπὸ σοῦ, καὶ οὐκέτι οὐ μὴ αὐτὰ εὑρήσουσιν | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this figure of speech, you can state it in active form. Alternate translation: “has vanished; you will never have them again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 941 | 18:15 | s4iq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | διὰ τὸν φόβον τοῦ βασανισμοῦ αὐτῆς | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract nouns **fear** and **torment**, you can express them as verbs. Alternate translation: “because they will be afraid of God tormenting them they way he torments her” or “because they will be afraid of suffering the way she is suffering” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 942 | 18:15 | ii7v | κλαίοντες καὶ πενθοῦντες | 1 | The merchants are the ones who will be **weeping and mourning loudly**. Alternate translation: “and the merchants will weep and mourn loudly” | ||
| 943 | 18:16 | i7ip | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον | 1 | Throughout this chapter, Babylon is spoken of as if it were a woman. Alternate translation: “the great city, which was like a woman dressed in fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 944 | 18:16 | qlo3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἡ πόλις ἡ μεγάλη, ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον | 1 | The merchants speak of Babylon as being **dressed in fine linen** because its people were dressed in fine linen. Alternate translation: “the great city, whose women were dressed in fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 945 | 18:16 | nji6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἡ περιβεβλημένη βύσσινον | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “that wore fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 946 | 18:16 | v6q3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | κεχρυσωμένη ἐν χρυσίῳ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “adorned herself with gold” or “adorned themselves with gold” or “wore gold” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 947 | 18:16 | i5uy | λίθῳ τιμίῳ | 1 | Alternate translation: “valuable gems” or “treasured gems” | ||
| 948 | 18:16 | rtm9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | μαργαρίτῃ | 1 | Pearls are beautiful and valuable white beads that are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 949 | 18:17 | ap3v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὴν θάλασσαν ἐργάζονται | 1 | The phrase **work the sea** refers to what they do on the sea. Alternate translation: “who travel on the sea to make their living” or “who sail on the sea to different places in order to trade things” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 950 | 18:18 | v7qe | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion | τίς ὁμοία τῇ πόλει τῇ μεγάλῃ? | 1 | This question shows the people the importance of the **city** of Babylon. If your readers would misunderstand this question, you could translate it as a statement. Alternate translation: “No other city is like the great city, Babylon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) | |
| 951 | 18:20 | ld6c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns | ἔκρινεν ὁ Θεὸς τὸ κρίμα ὑμῶν ἐξ αὐτῆς | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand the abstract noun **judgment**, you can express it with the verb “judge.” Alternate translation: “God has judged her for you” or “God has judged her because of the bad things she did to you” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) | |
| 952 | 18:21 | b94u | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nAnother angel begins to speak about Babylon. This is a different angel than the ones who have spoken previously. | ||
| 953 | 18:21 | el4e | μύλινον μέγαν | 1 | A **millstone** large round stone used to crush grain. | ||
| 954 | 18:21 | dlp4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι | 1 | To be **thrown down** and **not be seen anymore** speaks of complete destruction of the **city**. Alternate translation: “Babylon will be completely destroyed and will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 955 | 18:21 | kwsy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁρμήματι βληθήσεται Βαβυλὼν ἡ μεγάλη πόλις, καὶ οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will violently throw down Babylon, the great city, and it will no longer exist” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 956 | 18:21 | kre6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἔτι | 1 | Not being **seen** here means that it will not exist. Alternate translation: “it will not exist anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 957 | 18:22 | j6aq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | φωνὴ κιθαρῳδῶν, καὶ μουσικῶν, καὶ αὐλητῶν, καὶ σαλπιστῶν, οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one in your city will ever again hear the sound that harpists, musicians, flute players, and trumpeters make” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 958 | 18:22 | da3h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe | ἐν σοὶ | 1 | The angel speaks as if Babylon were there listening to him. Alternate translation: “in Babylon” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-apostrophe]]) | |
| 959 | 18:22 | c88l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι | 1 | Not being **heard** here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “they will not be in your city anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 960 | 18:22 | cu19 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | πᾶς τεχνίτης οὐ μὴ εὑρεθῇ ἐν σοὶ | 1 | Not being **found** there means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “no craftsman of any kind will be in your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 961 | 18:22 | c7p2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | φωνὴ μύλου οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι | 1 | The sound of something not being **heard** means that no one will make that sound. Alternate translation: “no one will use a mill in your city” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 962 | 18:23 | d3yq | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe angel who threw the millstone finishes talking. | ||
| 963 | 18:23 | d67i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | φωνὴ νυμφίου καὶ νύμφης οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever again hear in Babylon the happy voices of a bridegroom and a bride” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 964 | 18:23 | ja6m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὐ μὴ ἀκουσθῇ ἐν σοὶ ἔτι | 1 | Not being **heard** here means that they will not be there. Alternate translation: “will not be in your city anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 965 | 18:23 | q8qm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ ἔμποροί σου ἦσαν οἱ μεγιστᾶνες τῆς γῆς | 1 | The angel speaks of important and powerful people as if they were **princes**. Alternate translation: “your merchants were like princes of the earth” or “your merchants were the most important men in the world” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 966 | 18:23 | j3iy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐν τῇ φαρμακείᾳ σου ἐπλανήθησαν πάντα τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “you deceived the people of the nations with your magic spells” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 967 | 18:24 | s8bp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | Here, **blood** being **found** means that the people of the city were guilty of killing people. Alternate translation: “in her is the guilt for the death of the prophets and saints, along with all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 968 | 18:24 | btz5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐν αὐτῇ αἷμα προφητῶν καὶ ἁγίων εὑρέθη, καὶ πάντων τῶν ἐσφαγμένων ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Babylon is guilty of killing the prophets and believers and all the other people in the world who were killed” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 969 | 19:intro | h785 | 0 | # Revelation 19 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThe beginning of chapter 19 concludes the topic of Babylon falling.\n\nSome translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with verses 1-8.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Songs\n\nThe Book of Revelation often describes heaven as a place where people sing. They worship God with songs. This illustrates that heaven is a place where God is always worshiped. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]])\n\n### Wedding celebration\n\nThe wedding celebration or feast is an important image in Scripture. Jewish culture often pictured paradise, or life with God after death, as a feast. Here, the wedding feast is for the Lamb, who is Jesus, and his bride, who is all his people. | |||
| 970 | 19:1 | qu5h | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the next part of John’s vision. Here he describes the rejoicing in heaven over the fall of the great prostitute, who is the city of Babylon. | ||
| 971 | 19:1 | lr94 | ἤκουσα | 1 | Here, **I** refers to John. | ||
| 972 | 19:1 | nk8x | ἁλληλουϊά | 1 | The word **Hallelujah** means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” | ||
| 973 | 19:2 | u1rp | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὴν πόρνην τὴν μεγάλην | 1 | Here John refers to the city of Babylon whose wicked people rule over all the people of the earth and lead them to worship false gods. He speaks of the wicked people of Babylon as if they were a **great prostitute**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 974 | 19:2 | ky99 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἥτις ἔφθειρεν τὴν γῆν | 1 | Here, **the earth** is a metonym for its inhabitants. Alternate translation: “who corrupted the people of the earth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 975 | 19:2 | d9j7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τὸ αἷμα τῶν δούλων αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **the blood** is a metonym that represents murder. Alternate translation: “the murder of his servants” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 976 | 19:2 | cj3t | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | ἐκ χειρὸς αὐτῆς | 1 | Here, **he** refers to Babylon. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) | |
| 977 | 19:3 | jm9m | εἴρηκαν | 1 | Here, **they** refers to the crowd of people in heaven. | ||
| 978 | 19:3 | h1k4 | ἁλληλουϊά | 1 | The word **Hallelujah** means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 979 | 19:3 | zy6e | καπνὸς αὐτῆς ἀναβαίνει | 1 | The word **her** refers to the city of Babylon, which is spoken of as if it were a prostitute. The **smoke** is from the fire that destroys the city. Alternate translation: “smoke rises from that city” | ||
| 980 | 19:4 | r43f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | οἱ πρεσβύτεροι οἱ εἴκοσι τέσσαρες | 1 | See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:4](../04/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 981 | 19:4 | y4qd | τὰ τέσσερα ζῷα | 1 | See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:6](../04/06.md) Alternate translation: “the four living beings” or “the four living things” | ||
| 982 | 19:4 | dns7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τῷ καθημένῳ ἐπὶ τῷ θρόνῳ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “who sat on the throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 983 | 19:5 | w9qe | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | φωνὴ ἀπὸ τοῦ θρόνου ἐξῆλθεν | 1 | Here John speaks of a **voice** as if it were a person. Alternate translation: “someone spoke from the throne” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 984 | 19:5 | c3lm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive | αἰνεῖτε τῷ Θεῷ ἡμῶν | 1 | Here, **our** refers to the speaker and all God’s servants. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) | |
| 985 | 19:5 | cck3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οἱ φοβούμενοι αὐτόν | 1 | Here, **fear** does not mean to be afraid of God, but to honor him. Alternate translation: “all you who honor him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 986 | 19:5 | qdb3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | οἱ μικροὶ καὶ οἱ μεγάλοι | 1 | The speaker uses the words **small** and **great** together to include all of God’s people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 987 | 19:6 | kq7n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | καὶ ἤκουσα ὡς φωνὴν ὄχλου πολλοῦ, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν ὑδάτων πολλῶν, καὶ ὡς φωνὴν βροντῶν ἰσχυρῶν | 1 | John speaks of what he is hearing as if it were like the sound made by a very large **crowd** of people, a large body of rushing water, and very loud **thunder**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 988 | 19:6 | mdj6 | ἁλληλουϊά | 1 | The word **Hallelujah** means “Praise God” or “Let us praise God.” See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:1](../19/01.md). | ||
| 989 | 19:6 | e3ua | ὅτι & Κύριος | 1 | Alternate translation: “Because the Lord” | ||
| 990 | 19:7 | hi52 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe voice of the crowd from the previous verse continues speaking. | ||
| 991 | 19:7 | api6 | χαίρωμεν | 1 | Here, **us** refers to all of God’s servants. | ||
| 992 | 19:7 | m5av | δῶμεν τὴν δόξαν αὐτῷ | 1 | Alternate translation: “give God the glory” or “honor God” | ||
| 993 | 19:7 | bwf9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ γάμος τοῦ Ἀρνίου & ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν | 1 | Here John speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people together forever as if it were a **wedding celebration** and his people were **his bride**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 994 | 19:7 | r5xt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 995 | 19:7 | j6d7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἦλθεν | 1 | Existing in the present is spoken of as having **come**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 996 | 19:7 | q9e4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ ἡτοίμασεν ἑαυτήν | 1 | John speaks of God’s people as if they were a **bride** who has gotten **herself ready** for her wedding. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 997 | 19:8 | pz72 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν | 1 | Here, **her** and **she** refer to the people of God. John speaks of the righteous acts of God’s people as if they were a bright and clean dress that a bride wears on her wedding day. Alternate translation: “and it was permitted to them to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 998 | 19:8 | oz7x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐδόθη αὐτῇ ἵνα περιβάληται βύσσινον λαμπρὸν καθαρόν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God allowed her to wear a dress of bright and clean fine linen” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 999 | 19:9 | ayc4 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nAn angel begins to speak to John. This is likely the same angel who began to speak to John in [Revelation 17:1](../17/01.md). | ||
| 1000 | 19:9 | l72p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἱ & κεκλημένοι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the people whom God invites” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1001 | 19:9 | q4ya | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὸ δεῖπνον τοῦ γάμου τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Here the angel speaks of the joining of Jesus and his people forever as if it were a **wedding supper**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1002 | 19:10 | uq6h | ἔπεσα ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν αὐτοῦ | 1 | This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of worship, to show respect and willingness to serve. See note in [Revelation 19:3](../19/03.md). | ||
| 1003 | 19:10 | i2yq | τῶν ἀδελφῶν σου | 1 | Here the word **brothers** here refers to all believers, male and female. | ||
| 1004 | 19:10 | up6l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τῶν ἐχόντων τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ | 1 | Here holding stands for believing in or announcing. Alternate translation: “who speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1005 | 19:10 | rku2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἡ γὰρ μαρτυρία Ἰησοῦ ἐστιν τὸ πνεῦμα τῆς προφητείας | 1 | Here, **the spirit of prophecy** refers to God’s Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for it is the Spirit of God who gives people the power to speak the truth about Jesus” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1006 | 19:11 | xx12 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of a new vision. John begins to describe a rider on a white horse. | ||
| 1007 | 19:11 | m1qn | καὶ εἶδον τὸν οὐρανὸν ἠνεῳγμένον | 1 | This imagery is used to signify the beginning of a new vision. See how you translated this idea in [Revelation 4:1](../04/01.md) and [Revelation 11:19](../11/19.md) and [Revelation 15:5](../15/05.md). | ||
| 1008 | 19:11 | hcs8 | ὁ καθήμενος ἐπ’ αὐτὸν | 1 | The rider is Jesus. | ||
| 1009 | 19:11 | lp9a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρίνει καὶ πολεμεῖ | 1 | Here, **righteousness** refers to what is right. Alternate translation: “he judges all people and wages war according to what is right” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1010 | 19:12 | p9ak | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | οἱ & ὀφθαλμοὶ αὐτοῦ φλὸξ πυρός | 1 | John speaks of the rider’s **eyes** as if they shone like a **flame** of fire. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1011 | 19:12 | yhr7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἔχων ὄνομα γεγραμμένον | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and someone has written a name on him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1012 | 19:12 | kk9x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns | ὃ οὐδεὶς οἶδεν, εἰ μὴ αὐτός | 1 | Here, **except himself** means that he is the only one. Alternate translation: “on him, and only he knows the meaning of that name” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-rpronouns]]) | |
| 1013 | 19:13 | vny3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | περιβεβλημένος ἱμάτιον βεβαμμένον αἵματι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “and blood had covered his robe” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1014 | 19:13 | hdk1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, **Word of God** is a metonym for Jesus Christ. Alternate translation: “his name is called the Message of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1015 | 19:13 | p7ts | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | κέκληται τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ, ὁ λόγος τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “his name is also the Word of God” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1016 | 19:15 | m9yn | ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ ἐκπορεύεται ῥομφαία ὀξεῖα | 1 | The **sword** blade was sticking out of **his mouth**. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). | ||
| 1017 | 19:15 | a88t | πατάξῃ τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | Alternate translation: “he could destroy the nations” or “he could bring the nations under his control” | ||
| 1018 | 19:15 | uq4z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ποιμανεῖ αὐτοὺς ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ | 1 | John speaks of the rider’s power as if he were ruling with **an iron rod**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 12:5](../12/05.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1019 | 19:15 | nb4y | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος | 1 | John speaks of the rider’s destroying his enemies as if they were grapes that a person **tramples** in a **winepress**. Alternate translation: “he crushes his enemies according to the wrath of God Almighty, just as a person crushes grapes in a winepress” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1020 | 19:15 | vhk8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | αὐτὸς πατεῖ τὴν ληνὸν τοῦ οἴνου τοῦ θυμοῦ τῆς ὀργῆς τοῦ Θεοῦ τοῦ Παντοκράτορος | 1 | Here, **wrath** refers to God’s punishment of evil persons. Alternate translation: “he crushes his enemies according to the judgment of God Almighty” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1021 | 19:16 | a61a | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἔχει ἐπὶ τὸ ἱμάτιον καὶ ἐπὶ τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ, ὄνομα γεγραμμένον | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone has written a name on his robe and thigh:” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1022 | 19:17 | m6dt | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | εἶδον ἕνα ἄγγελον ἑστῶτα ἐν τῷ ἡλίῳ | 1 | Here, **the sun** is a metonym for the light of the sun. Alternate translation: “Then I saw an angel standing in the light of the sun” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1023 | 19:18 | khs9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | ἐλευθέρων τε καὶ δούλων, καὶ μικρῶν καὶ μεγάλων | 1 | The angel uses these two sets of opposite-meaning words together to refer to all people. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 1024 | 19:20 | q83v | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐπιάσθη τὸ θηρίον, καὶ μετ’ αὐτοῦ ὁ ψευδοπροφήτης | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the rider on the white horse captured the beast and the false prophet” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1025 | 19:20 | gs37 | τὸ χάραγμα τοῦ θηρίου | 1 | The **mark of the beast** was an identifying mark that indicated that the person who received it worshiped the beast. See how you translated this in [Revelation 13:17](../13/17.md). | ||
| 1026 | 19:20 | ht8g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν οἱ δύο | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the beast and the false prophet alive” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1027 | 19:20 | blr1 | τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς, τῆς καιομένης ἐν θείῳ | 1 | Alternate translation: “place full of fire that burns with sulfur” | ||
| 1028 | 19:21 | h6ea | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἱ λοιποὶ ἀπεκτάνθησαν ἐν τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ τοῦ καθημένου ἐπὶ τοῦ ἵππου, τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the rider of the horse killed the remainder of the beast’s armies with the sword that extended from his mouth” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1029 | 19:21 | qk9t | τῇ ῥομφαίᾳ & τῇ ἐξελθούσῃ ἐκ τοῦ στόματος αὐτοῦ | 1 | The **sword** blade was sticking out of **his mouth**. The sword itself was not in motion. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 1:16](../01/16.md). | ||
| 1030 | 20:intro | c7eh | 0 | # Revelation 20 General Notes\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### The thousand-year reign of Christ\n\nIn this chapter, Jesus is said to reign for a thousand years, at the same time that Satan is bound. Scholars are divided over whether this refers to a future period of time or to Jesus reigning now from heaven. It is not necessary to understand this passage in order to translate it accurately. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])\n\n### Final rebellion\n\nThis chapter also describes what happens after the thousand years are ended. During this time, Satan and many people will attempt to rebel against Jesus. This will result in God’s ultimate and final victory over sin and evil. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/evil]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n### Great white throne\n\nThis chapter ends with God judging all people who ever lived. God separates people who believe in Jesus from those who do not believe in him. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/judge]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Book of Life\n\nThis is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Hades and the lake of fire\n\nThese appear to be two distinct places. The translator may wish to do further research to determine how to translate these two places differently. They should not be made the same as each other in translation. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/hell]]) | |||
| 1031 | 20:1 | rkv7 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe a vision of an angel throwing the devil into the bottomless pit. | ||
| 1032 | 20:1 | n8b8 | καὶ εἶδον | 1 | Here, **I** refers to John. | ||
| 1033 | 20:1 | c18c | τῆς Ἀβύσσου | 1 | The **abyss** is an extremely deep narrow hole. This could mean: (1) the pit has no bottom; it continues to go down further forever. (2) the pit is so deep that it is as if it had no bottom. See how you translated this in [Revelation 9:1](../09/01.md). | ||
| 1034 | 20:2 | r6es | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τὸν δράκοντα | 1 | The **dragon** was a large, fierce reptile, like a lizard. For Jewish people, it was a symbol of evil and chaos. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 1035 | 20:3 | xj22 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἐσφράγισεν ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ | 1 | The angel **sealed** the abyss to keep anyone from opening it. Alternate translation: “sealed it to prevent anyone from opening it” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1036 | 20:3 | el4f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | μὴ πλανήσῃ & τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | Here, **nations** is a metonym for the people of the earth. Alternate translation: “he would not deceive the people-groups” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1037 | 20:3 | y9xd | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | δεῖ αὐτὸν λυθῆναι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will command the angel to free him” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1038 | 20:4 | lw2r | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing thrones and the souls of believers. | ||
| 1039 | 20:4 | qzt1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | κρίμα ἐδόθη αὐτοῖς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God had given authority to them to judge” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1040 | 20:4 | u3u8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τῶν πεπελεκισμένων | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “whose heads others had cut off” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1041 | 20:4 | tut2 | διὰ τὴν μαρτυρίαν Ἰησοῦ, καὶ διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Alternate translation: “because they had spoken the truth about Jesus and about the word of God” | ||
| 1042 | 20:4 | xz5l | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | διὰ τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ | 1 | Here, **the word of God** is a metonym for the message from God. Alternate translation: “for what they taught about the scriptures” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1043 | 20:4 | cc1v | ἔζησαν | 1 | Alternate translation: “they came back to life” or “they became alive again” | ||
| 1044 | 20:5 | cw4j | οἱ λοιποὶ τῶν νεκρῶν | 1 | Alternate translation: “All of the other dead people” | ||
| 1045 | 20:5 | e1pm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers | τελεσθῇ τὰ χίλια ἔτη | 1 | Alternate translation: “the end of the thousand years” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) | |
| 1046 | 20:6 | f3gz | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἐπὶ τούτων ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος οὐκ ἔχει ἐξουσίαν | 1 | Here John describes **the second death** as a person with power. Alternate translation: “These people will not experience the second death” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1047 | 20:6 | v4z3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ὁ δεύτερος θάνατος | 1 | The **second death** is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 1048 | 20:7 | y1vw | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | λυθήσεται ὁ Σατανᾶς ἐκ τῆς φυλακῆς αὐτοῦ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will release Satan from his prison” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1049 | 20:8 | g429 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὧν ὁ ἀριθμὸς αὐτῶν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος τῆς θαλάσσης | 1 | The comparison to **the sand of the sea** emphasizes the extremely large **number** of soldiers in Satan’s army. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1050 | 20:9 | jlc6 | ἀνέβησαν | 1 | Alternate translation: “Satan’s army went up” | ||
| 1051 | 20:9 | f4t7 | τὴν πόλιν τὴν ἠγαπημένην | 1 | Here, **the beloved city** refers to Jerusalem. | ||
| 1052 | 20:9 | jhq8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | κατέβη πῦρ ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ καὶ κατέφαγεν αὐτούς | 1 | Here John speaks of **fire** as if it were alive. Alternate translation: “God sent fire from heaven to burn them up” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1053 | 20:10 | pif3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁ διάβολος, ὁ πλανῶν αὐτοὺς, ἐβλήθη εἰς | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw the devil, who had deceived them, into” or “God’s angel threw the devil, who had deceived them, into” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1054 | 20:10 | rjv1 | τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρὸς καὶ θείου | 1 | See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:20](../19/20.md). Alternate translation: “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur” | ||
| 1055 | 20:10 | t5h2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | βασανισθήσονται | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God will torment them” or “the fire will torment them” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1056 | 20:11 | n8h9 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the next part of John’s vision. He describes suddenly seeing a great white throne and the dead being judged. | ||
| 1057 | 20:11 | pm1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | οὗ ἀπὸ τοῦ προσώπου ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός | 1 | John describes **the earth and the heaven** as if they were people who were trying to escape God’s judgment. This means that God completely destroyed the old heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1058 | 20:11 | slhm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἔφυγεν ἡ γῆ καὶ ὁ οὐρανός, καὶ τόπος οὐχ εὑρέθη αὐτοῖς | 1 | Here, not having a **place** means that God completely destroyed the old heaven and earth. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1059 | 20:12 | gap2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | βιβλία ἠνοίχθησαν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone opened the books” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1060 | 20:12 | lt7k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκρίθησαν οἱ νεκροὶ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged the people who had died and now lived again” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1061 | 20:12 | vvc4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκ τῶν γεγραμμένων | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “by what he had recorded” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1062 | 20:13 | ea2h | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification | ἔδωκεν ἡ θάλασσα τοὺς νεκροὺς & ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἔδωκαν τοὺς νεκροὺς | 1 | Here John speaks of **the sea**, **Death**, and **Hades** as if they were living persons. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) | |
| 1063 | 20:13 | bg4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐκρίθησαν ἕκαστος | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God judged each of the dead people” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1064 | 20:13 | pk3k | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ ᾍδης | 1 | Here, **Hades** is a metonym that represents the place where unbelievers go when they die, to wait for God’s judgment. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1065 | 20:14 | lw6b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ὁ θάνατος καὶ ὁ ᾍδης ἐβλήθησαν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “God threw Death and Hades” or “God’s angel threw Death and Hades” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1066 | 20:14 | qv55 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερός | 1 | The **second death** is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 1067 | 20:15 | c9pb | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἴ τις οὐχ εὑρέθη & γεγραμμένος | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “if God’s angel did not find a person’s name written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1068 | 20:15 | wq31 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐβλήθη εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “the angel threw him into the lake of fire” or “the angel threw him into the place where fire burns forever” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1069 | 21:intro | pai8 | 0 | # Revelation 21 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter gives a detailed picture of the new Jerusalem.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Second death\n\nDeath is a type of separation. The first death is physically dying, when the soul is separated from the body. The second death is being eternally separated from God. (See: [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/other/death]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/soul]] and [[rc://*/tw/dict/bible/kt/eternity]])\n\n## Important figures of speech in this chapter\n\n### Book of Life\n\nThis is a metaphor for eternal life. Those possessing eternal life are said to have their names written in this Book of Life. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]])\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### New heaven and new earth\n\nIt is unclear whether this is an entirely new heaven and earth or if it is remade out of the present heaven and earth. The same is also true of the new Jerusalem. It is possible this will affect translation in some languages. The word “new” in the original language means different and better than the old. It does not mean new in time. | |||
| 1070 | 21:1 | tj16 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn begins to describe his vision of the new Jerusalem. | ||
| 1071 | 21:1 | vks1 | εἶδον | 1 | Here, **I** refers to John. | ||
| 1072 | 21:2 | er4u | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | ὡς νύμφην, κεκοσμημένην τῷ ἀνδρὶ αὐτῆς | 1 | John compares the new Jerusalem to **a bride** who has made herself beautiful for her bridegroom. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1073 | 21:3 | i8za | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | φωνῆς μεγάλης ἐκ τοῦ θρόνου λεγούσης | 1 | The **great voice** refers to the one who speaks. Alternate translation: “someone speak loudly from the throne saying” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1074 | 21:3 | gk3m | ἰδοὺ | 1 | The word **Behold** here alerts us to pay attention to the surprising information that follows. | ||
| 1075 | 21:3 | hpt1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | ἡ σκηνὴ τοῦ Θεοῦ μετὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων, καὶ σκηνώσει μετ’ αὐτῶν | 1 | These two phrases mean the same thing and emphasize that God will, indeed, live among men. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1076 | 21:4 | w39g | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ἐξαλείψει πᾶν δάκρυον ἐκ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν | 1 | Here, tears represent sadness. See how you translated this in [Revelation 7:17](../07/17.md). Alternate translation: “God will wipe away their sadness, like wiping away tears” or “God will cause them to not be sad anymore” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1077 | 21:5 | rq2q | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί εἰσιν | 1 | Here, **these words** refers to the message that they formed. Alternate translation: “this message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1078 | 21:6 | dq8n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing and emphasize God’s eternal nature. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1079 | 21:6 | mfc7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος | 1 | These two phrases mean that God exists from the beginning of everything to the end of it, including everything in between. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 1080 | 21:6 | li7s | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ | 1 | The **alpha** and the **omega** are first and last letters of the Greek alphabet. This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and who ends all things. (2) the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z” or “the first and the last” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1081 | 21:6 | bf1p | ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος | 1 | This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end. (2) the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things. | ||
| 1082 | 21:6 | wk2c | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τῷ διψῶντι δώσω ἐκ τῆς πηγῆς τοῦ ὕδατος τῆς ζωῆς δωρεάν | 1 | God speaks of a person’s desire for eternal life as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving **water**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1083 | 21:7 | vms6 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe one seated on the throne continues to speak to John. | ||
| 1084 | 21:8 | hma7 | τοῖς & δειλοῖς | 1 | Alternate translation: “those who are too afraid to do what is right” | ||
| 1085 | 21:8 | k8yp | ἐβδελυγμένοις | 1 | Alternate translation: “those who do terrible things” | ||
| 1086 | 21:8 | zu27 | τῇ λίμνῃ τῇ καιομένῃ πυρὶ καὶ θείῳ | 1 | See how you translated this in [Revelation 19:20](../19/20.md). Alternate translation: “the lake of fire that burns with sulfur” or “place full of fire that burns with sulfur” | ||
| 1087 | 21:8 | k1hl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | ὁ θάνατος ὁ δεύτερος | 1 | The **second death** is described as eternal punishment in the lake of fire in [Revelation 20:14](../20/14.md) and [Revelation 21:8](../21/08.md). See how you translated this in [Revelation 2:11](../02/11.md). Alternate translation: “the final death in the lake of fire” or “dying a second time” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 1088 | 21:9 | cf2m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὴν νύμφην, τὴν γυναῖκα τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | The angel speaks of Jerusalem as if it were a **bride** who is about to marry her groom, **the Lamb**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1089 | 21:9 | bil2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | A **lamb** is a young sheep. Here, **Lamb** is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 1090 | 21:10 | czp2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background | ἀπήνεγκέν με ἐν Πνεύματι | 1 | The setting changes as **the Spirit** takes John to a high mountain where he can see the city of Jerusalem. See how you translated this phrase in [Revelation 17:3](../17/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) | |
| 1091 | 21:10 | fq8f | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | Ἰερουσαλὴμ | 1 | Jerusalem is a metonymy for those believers who will inhabit it. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1092 | 21:11 | g44j | ἔχουσαν | 1 | This refers to the “Jerusalem, coming down out of heaven” that he described in the previous verse and not to the physical Jerusalem. | ||
| 1093 | 21:11 | xvg6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | ὁ φωστὴρ αὐτῆς ὅμοιος λίθῳ τιμιωτάτῳ, ὡς λίθῳ ἰάσπιδι κρυσταλλίζοντι | 1 | These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the **brilliance** of Jerusalem by naming a specific jewel. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1094 | 21:11 | n51z | κρυσταλλίζοντι | 1 | Alternate translation: “extremely clear” | ||
| 1095 | 21:11 | vvq1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἰάσπιδι | 1 | Jasper is a valuable stone. This **jasper** may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1096 | 21:12 | qgh3 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἐπιγεγραμμένα | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had written” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1097 | 21:14 | mm12 | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | Here, **the Lamb** refers to Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). | ||
| 1098 | 21:16 | fs8z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | σταδίων δώδεκα χιλιάδων | 1 | You may convert **12,000 stadia** to modern measures. Alternate translation: “2,200 kilometers” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) | |
| 1099 | 21:17 | eut1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance | ἑκατὸν τεσσεράκοντα τεσσάρων πηχῶν | 1 | You may convert **144 cubits** to modern measures. Alternate translation: “66 meters” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]]) | |
| 1100 | 21:18 | n3hu | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | χρυσίον καθαρὸν, ὅμοιον ὑάλῳ καθαρῷ | 1 | The **gold** was so **clear** that it is spoken of as if it were **glass**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1101 | 21:18 | h239 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἴασπις | 1 | Jasper is a valuable stone. It may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated this in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1102 | 21:19 | ick5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἱ θεμέλιοι τοῦ τείχους τῆς πόλεως & κεκοσμημένοι | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “Someone adorned the foundations of the city wall” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1103 | 21:19 | ke4b | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | ἴασπις & σάπφειρος & χαλκηδών & σμάραγδος | 1 | These are valuable stones. Jasper may have been clear like glass or crystal. See how you translated it in [Revelation 4:3](../04/03.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1104 | 21:20 | a2tm | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | σαρδόνυξ & σάρδιον & χρυσόλιθος & βήρυλλος & τοπάζιον & χρυσόπρασος & ὑάκινθος & ἀμέθυστος | 1 | These are all precious gems. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1105 | 21:21 | yn6i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown | μαργαρῖται | 1 | Pearls are beautiful and valuable white beads that are formed inside the shell of a certain kind of small animal that lives in the ocean. See how you translated this in [Revelation 17:4](../17/04.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) | |
| 1106 | 21:21 | g75r | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | ἀνὰ εἷς ἕκαστος τῶν πυλώνων ἦν ἐξ ἑνὸς μαργαρίτου | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “someone had made each of the gates from a single pearl” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1107 | 21:21 | vp22 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile | χρυσίον καθαρὸν ὡς ὕαλος διαυγής | 1 | The **gold** was so **pure** that it is spoken of as if it was clear glass. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Revelation 21:18](../21/18.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) | |
| 1108 | 21:22 | m2ew | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ & Κύριος ὁ Θεός ὁ Παντοκράτωρ ναὸς αὐτῆς ἐστιν, καὶ τὸ Ἀρνίον | 1 | The **temple** represented God’s presence. This means the new Jerusalem does not need a temple because **God** and **the Lamb** will live there. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1109 | 21:23 | v2m9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ λύχνος αὐτῆς τὸ Ἀρνίον | 1 | Here the glory of Jesus, **the Lamb**, is spoken of as if it were a **lamp** that gives light to the city. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1110 | 21:24 | j3lk | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | Here, **the nations** are a metonym for the people who live in the nations. Alternate translation: “the people from all the different nations will walk” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1111 | 21:24 | ma5n | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | περιπατήσουσιν τὰ ἔθνη | 1 | Here, **walk** here is a metaphor for “live.” Alternate translation: “the people from all the different nations will live” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1112 | 21:25 | lq1z | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | οἱ πυλῶνες αὐτῆς οὐ μὴ κλεισθῶσιν | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “no one will ever shut the gates” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1113 | 21:26 | ps25 | οἴσουσιν | 1 | Alternate translation: “the kings of the earth will bring” | ||
| 1114 | 21:27 | n3nh | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives | οὐ μὴ εἰσέλθῃ εἰς αὐτὴν πᾶν κοινὸν, καὶ ὁ | 1 | If your readers would misunderstand this double negative, you can state it in positive form. Alternate translation: “only what is clean will ever enter, and never anyone” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) | |
| 1115 | 21:27 | g7fr | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | εἰ μὴ οἱ γεγραμμένοι ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τῆς ζωῆς τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “but only those whose names the Lamb wrote in his book of life” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1116 | 21:27 | cw99 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 1117 | 22:intro | e1ya | 0 | # Revelation 22 General Notes\n\n## Structure and formatting\n\nThis chapter emphasizes that Jesus is coming soon.\n\n## Special concepts in this chapter\n\n### Tree of life\n\nThere is probably an intended connection between the tree of life in the Garden of Eden and the tree of life mentioned in this chapter. The curse that began in Eden will end at this time.\n\n## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter\n\n### Alpha and omega\n\nThese are the names of the first and last letters in the Greek alphabet. The ULT spells out their names in English. This strategy can serve as a model for translators. Some translators, however, may decide to use the first and last letters in their own alphabet. This would be “A and Z” in English. | |||
| 1118 | 22:1 | b1ad | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nJohn continues to describe the new Jerusalem as the angel shows it to him. | ||
| 1119 | 22:1 | uu7b | ἔδειξέν μοι | 1 | Here, **me** refers to John. | ||
| 1120 | 22:1 | vl23 | ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς | 1 | Alternate translation: “the river flowing with life-giving water” | ||
| 1121 | 22:1 | yn2p | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ποταμὸν ὕδατος ζωῆς | 1 | Eternal **life** is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving **water**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1122 | 22:1 | mxp4 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage | τοῦ Ἀρνίου | 1 | A lamb is a young sheep. Here, **the Lamb** is it used symbolically to refer to Christ. See how you translated this in [Revelation 5:6](../05/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-symlanguage]]) | |
| 1123 | 22:2 | l2aq | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τῶν ἐθνῶν | 1 | Here, **the nations** refers to the people who live in every nation. Alternate translation: “the people of all nations” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1124 | 22:3 | d5fq | πᾶν κατάθεμα οὐκ ἔσται ἔτι | 1 | This could mean: (1) there will never be anyone there that God will **curse**. (2) there will not be anyone there who is under God’s **curse**. | ||
| 1125 | 22:3 | by36 | οἱ δοῦλοι αὐτοῦ λατρεύσουσιν αὐτῷ | 1 | Here, **his** and **him** could refer to: (1) God the Father. (2) both God and the Lamb, who rule together as one. | ||
| 1126 | 22:4 | zy4x | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | ὄψονται τὸ πρόσωπον αὐτοῦ | 1 | Here, **see his face** is an idiom that refers to being in God’s presence. Alternate translation: “they will be in God’s presence” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1127 | 22:6 | j51i | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nThis is the beginning of the end of John’s vision. In verse 6 the angel is speaking to John. In verse 7, Jesus is speaking. You can state this explicitly as is in the UST. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1128 | 22:6 | xaw8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | οὗτοι οἱ λόγοι πιστοὶ καὶ ἀληθινοί | 1 | Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:5](../21/05.md). Alternate translation: “This message is trustworthy and true” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1129 | 22:6 | cr31 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πνευμάτων τῶν προφητῶν | 1 | Here, **spirits** refers to: (1) the inward disposition of the **prophets** and indicates that God inspires them. Alternate translation: “God who inspires the prophets” (2) the Holy Spirit who inspires the **prophets**. Alternate translation: “God who gives his Spirit to the prophets” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1130 | 22:7 | p72h | ἰδοὺ | 1 | Here Jesus begins to speak. The word **behold** adds emphasis to what follows. | ||
| 1131 | 22:7 | afr9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἔρχομαι ταχύ | 1 | It is understood that he is **coming** in order to judge. See how you translated this in [Revelation 3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “I am coming to judge soon!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1132 | 22:7 | x0sy | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τηρῶν | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1133 | 22:8 | xr17 | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn tells his readers about how he responded to the angel. | ||
| 1134 | 22:8 | uvk3 | ἔπεσα προσκυνῆσαι ἔμπροσθεν τῶν ποδῶν | 1 | This means that John purposely lay on the ground and stretched himself out in reverence or submission. This action was an important part of **worship**, to show respect and willingness to serve. See how you translated similar words in [Revelation 19:10](../19/10.md). | ||
| 1135 | 22:9 | tcs2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom | τηρούντων | 1 | See how you translated this word in [Revelation 1:3](../01/03.md) and in [Revelation 2:26](../02/26.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) | |
| 1136 | 22:10 | gqa8 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThe angel finishes speaking to John. | ||
| 1137 | 22:10 | ct48 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | μὴ σφραγίσῃς τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου | 1 | To **seal** a **book** was to keep it closed with something that makes it impossible for anyone to read what was inside without breaking the seal. The angel is telling John not to keep the message a secret. Alternate translation: “Do not keep secret … this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1138 | 22:10 | xc15 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου | 1 | Here, **words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “This prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1139 | 22:12 | idc6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nAs the book of Revelation is ending, Jesus gives a closing greeting. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) | |
| 1140 | 22:13 | f5jl | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος | 1 | These three phrases share similar meanings and emphasize that Jesus has existed and will exist for all time. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) | |
| 1141 | 22:13 | uup6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ, ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος, ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος | 1 | These three phrases are merisms. They each represent everything included between the two ends. The first and last letters of the Greek alphabet are **alpha** and **omega**. They represent all the letters in between. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:8](../01/08.md). Alternate translation: “the A and the Z, the first and the last, the beginning and the end” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) | |
| 1142 | 22:13 | c9e8 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | τὸ Ἄλφα καὶ τὸ Ὦ | 1 | This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and who ends all things. (2) the one who has always lived and who always will live. If your readers would misunderstand this, you may consider using the first and last letters of your alphabet. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1143 | 22:13 | cpl9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ πρῶτος καὶ ὁ ἔσχατος | 1 | This refers to the eternal nature of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Revelation 1:17](../01/17.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1144 | 22:13 | nnm2 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡ ἀρχὴ καὶ τὸ τέλος | 1 | This could refer to: (1) the one who began all things and the one who will cause all things to end. (2) the one who existed before all things and who will exist after all things. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1145 | 22:14 | i54w | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ πλύνοντες τὰς στολὰς αὐτῶν | 1 | Becoming righteous is spoken of as if it were washing one’s clothing. See how you translated as similar phrase in [Revelation 7:14](../07/14.md). Alternate translation: “those who have become righteous, as if they have washed their robes” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1146 | 22:15 | aw1h | ἔξω | 1 | This means they are outside the city and not allowed to enter. | ||
| 1147 | 22:15 | tkd7 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | οἱ κύνες | 1 | In that culture, **dogs** were considered to be unclean, despised animals. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1148 | 22:15 | h0ih | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | οἱ κύνες | 1 | Here the word **dogs** is derogatory and refers to people who are wicked. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1149 | 22:16 | pu85 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you | μαρτυρῆσαι ὑμῖν | 1 | Here the word **you** is plural. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) | |
| 1150 | 22:16 | t2v9 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet | ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ | 1 | The words **root** and **descendant** mean basically the same thing. Together the words emphasize that Jesus belongs to the family of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) | |
| 1151 | 22:16 | afw1 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡ ῥίζα καὶ τὸ γένος Δαυείδ | 1 | Jesus speaks of being a **descendant** as if he were a **root** that grew out of David. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1152 | 22:16 | g9uj | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ ἀστὴρ ὁ λαμπρός, ὁ πρωϊνός | 1 | Jesus speaks of himself as if he were the **bright** **star** that sometimes appears early in the **morning** and indicates that a new day is about to begin. See how you translated “morning star” in [Revelation 2:28](../02/28.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1153 | 22:17 | gig5 | Connecting Statement: | 0 | # Connecting Statement:\n\nThis verse is a response to what Jesus said. | ||
| 1154 | 22:17 | lt8j | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ἡ νύμφη | 1 | Believers are spoken of as if they were a **Bride** about to be married to her groom, Jesus. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1155 | 22:17 | m9at | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit | ἔρχου | 1 | Here, **Come** could mean: (1) this is an invitation for people to come and drink the water of life. Alternate translation: “Come and drink!” (2) this is a polite request for Jesus to return. Alternate translation: “Please come!” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) | |
| 1156 | 22:17 | e2m5 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὁ διψῶν ἐρχέσθω; ὁ θέλων λαβέτω ὕδωρ ζωῆς δωρεάν | 1 | A person’s desire for eternal **life** is spoken of as if it were thirst and of that person receiving eternal life as if he were drinking life-giving **water**. (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1157 | 22:17 | dwb6 | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor | ὕδωρ ζωῆς | 1 | Eternal **life** is spoken of as if it were provided by life-giving **water**. See how you translated this in [Revelation 21:6](../21/06.md). (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) | |
| 1158 | 22:18 | fd5l | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nJohn gives his final remarks about the book of Revelation. | ||
| 1159 | 22:18 | d95j | μαρτυρῶ ἐγὼ | 1 | Here, **I** refers to John. | ||
| 1160 | 22:18 | s36m | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy | τοὺς λόγους τῆς προφητείας τοῦ βιβλίου τούτου | 1 | Here, **the words** refers to the message that they formed. See how you translated this in [Revelation 22:7](../22/07.md). Alternate translation: “this prophetic message of this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) | |
| 1161 | 22:18 | jzu8 | ἐάν τις ἐπιθῇ ἐπ’ αὐτά, ἐπιθήσει ὁ Θεὸς ἐπ’ αὐτὸν τὰς πληγὰς τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ | 1 | This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. | ||
| 1162 | 22:18 | d4sc | rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive | τὰς γεγραμμένας ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ | 1 | If your language does not use this passive form, you can state this in active form. Alternate translation: “which I have written about in this book” (See: [[rc://*/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) | |
| 1163 | 22:19 | ss3y | ἐάν τις ἀφέλῃ ἀπὸ τῶν λόγων τοῦ βιβλίου τῆς προφητείας ταύτης, ἀφελεῖ ὁ Θεὸς τὸ μέρος αὐτοῦ ἀπὸ τοῦ ξύλου τῆς ζωῆς καὶ ἐκ τῆς πόλεως τῆς ἁγίας, τῶν γεγραμμένων ἐν τῷ βιβλίῳ τούτῳ | 1 | This is a strong warning to not change anything about this prophecy. | ||
| 1164 | 22:20 | u6mb | General Information: | 0 | # General Information:\n\nIn these verses John gives his and Jesus’ closing greetings. | ||
| 1165 | 22:20 | y9p2 | ὁ μαρτυρῶν | 1 | Alternate translation: “Jesus, who testifies” |